d0701dfacb1f7c44d85bcebba6ecc9eccf7ef9d7
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * TFTP:: TFTP
83 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
84 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
85 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
86 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
87 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
88
89 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
90 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
91 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
92 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
93 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
94 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
95 @end menu
96
97 @node About
98 @unnumbered About
99 @cindex about
100
101 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
102 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
103 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
104 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
105 around the world.
106
107 @section What is OpenOCD?
108 @cindex TAP
109 @cindex JTAG
110
111 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
112 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
113 devices.
114
115 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
116 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
117 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
118 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
119 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
120 needed to hook up to the target.
121
122 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
123 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
124 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
125 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
126 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
127
128 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
129 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
130 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
131 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
132 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
133
134 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
135 signaling, and is used to communicate
136 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
137 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
138 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
139 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
140 scan operations.
141
142 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
143 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
144 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
145 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
146
147 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
148 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
149 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
150 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
151
152
153 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
154 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
155 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
156
157 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
158 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
159 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
160 debugged via the GDB protocol.
161
162 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
163 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
164 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3,
165 STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
166 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
167
168 @section OpenOCD Web Site
169
170 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
171
172 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
173
174 @section Latest User's Guide:
175
176 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
177 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
178 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
179
180 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
181
182 PDF form is likewise published at:
183
184 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
185
186 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
187
188 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
189 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
190 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
191 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
192 instead of this forum.
193
194 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
195
196 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
197
198 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
199 communication between users:
200
201 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
202
203 @section OpenOCD IRC
204
205 Support can also be found on irc:
206 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
207
208 @node Developers
209 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
210 @cindex developers
211
212 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
213 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
214 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
215 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
216
217 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
218 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
219
220 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
221
222 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
223 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
224
225 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
226
227 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
228
229 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
230
231 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
232 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
233 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
234 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
235 needing a GIT client:
236
237 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
238
239 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
240
241 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
242 from the repository or a snapshot.
243
244 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
245 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
246 Patches created against older versions may require additional
247 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
248
249 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
250
251 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
252 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
253 technical information about the software internals, development
254 processes, and similar documentation:
255
256 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
257
258 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
259 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
260 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
261
262 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
263
264 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
265 communication between developers:
266
267 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
268
269 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
270 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
271 to prepare patches.
272
273 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
274
275 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
276 using Trac for its bug database:
277
278 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
279
280
281 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
282 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
283 @cindex dongles
284 @cindex FTDI
285 @cindex wiggler
286 @cindex zy1000
287 @cindex printer port
288 @cindex USB Adapter
289 @cindex RTCK
290
291 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
292 an adapter .... [snip]
293
294 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
295 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
296 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
297 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
298 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
299 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
300 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
301
302
303 @section Choosing a Dongle
304
305 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
306
307 @enumerate
308 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
309 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
310 other ways to communicate with target devices.
311 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
312 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
313 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
314 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
315 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
316 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
317 Ethernet port needed?
318 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
319 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
320 @end enumerate
321
322 @section Stand alone Systems
323
324 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe}
325 Technically, not a dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
326 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
327 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
328 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
329
330 @section USB FT2232 Based
331
332 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
333 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
334 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
335 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
336 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
337 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
338 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
339
340 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
341 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
342 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
343 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
344 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
345
346 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
347 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
348
349 @itemize @bullet
350 @item @b{usbjtag}
351 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
352 @item @b{jtagkey}
353 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
354 @item @b{jtagkey2}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
356 @item @b{oocdlink}
357 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
358 @item @b{signalyzer}
359 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
360 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
361 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
362 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
363 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
364 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
365 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
366 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
367 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
368 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
369 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
370 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
371 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
372 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
373 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
374 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
375 @item @b{turtelizer2}
376 @* See:
377 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
378 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
379 @item @b{comstick}
380 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
381 @item @b{stm32stick}
382 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
383 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
384 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
385 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
386 @item @b{cortino}
387 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
388 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
389 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
390 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
391 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
392 @item @b{opendous}
393 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
394 (OpenHardware).
395 @end itemize
396
397 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
398
399 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
400 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
401 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
402 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
403 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
404
405 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
406 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
407 (see the section on driver commands).
408
409 @itemize
410 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
411 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
412 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
413 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
414 @end itemize
415
416 @section USB JLINK based
417 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
418 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
419 AT91SAM764 internally.
420
421 @itemize @bullet
422 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
424 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
426 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
427 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
428 @end itemize
429
430 @section USB RLINK based
431 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
432 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
433 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
434
435 @itemize @bullet
436 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
437 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
438 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
439 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
440 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
441 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
442 @end itemize
443
444 @section USB ST-LINK based
445 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
446 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
447
448 @itemize @bullet
449 @item @b{ST-LINK}
450 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
451 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
452 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
453 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
454 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
455 @end itemize
456
457 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
458 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
459 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
460 @itemize @bullet
461 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
462 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
463 @end itemize
464
465 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
466 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
467 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
468 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
469
470 @section USB Other
471 @itemize @bullet
472 @item @b{USBprog}
473 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
474
475 @item @b{USB - Presto}
476 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
477
478 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
480
481 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
482 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
483
484 @item @b{Buspirate}
485 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
486
487 @item @b{opendous}
488 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
489
490 @item @b{estick}
491 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
492
493 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
494 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
495 @end itemize
496
497 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
498
499 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
500 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
501 these on the market.
502
503 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
504 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
505 of USB-based ones.
506
507 @itemize @bullet
508
509 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
510 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
511
512 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
513 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
514 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
515
516 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
517 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
518
519 @item @b{GW16402}
520 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
521
522 @item @b{Wiggler2}
523 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
524
525 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
526 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
527
528 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
529 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
530
531 @item @b{arm-jtag}
532 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
533
534 @item @b{chameleon}
535 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
536
537 @item @b{Triton}
538 @* Unknown.
539
540 @item @b{Lattice}
541 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
542 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
543
544 @item @b{flashlink}
545 @* From ST Microsystems;
546 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
547
548 @end itemize
549
550 @section Other...
551 @itemize @bullet
552
553 @item @b{ep93xx}
554 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
555
556 @item @b{at91rm9200}
557 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
558
559 @end itemize
560
561 @node About Jim-Tcl
562 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
563 @cindex Jim-Tcl
564 @cindex tcl
565
566 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
567 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
568 command interpreter.
569
570 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
571 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
572 much of anything about Tcl.
573 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
574
575 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
576 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
577 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
578 OpenOCD mailing list.
579
580 @itemize @bullet
581 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
582 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
583 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
584 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
585 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
586 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
587
588 @item @b{Missing Features}
589 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
590 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
591 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
592 enabled in OpenOCD.
593
594 @item @b{Scripts}
595 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
596 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
597 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
598
599 @item @b{Commands}
600 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
601 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
602 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
603 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
604
605 @item @b{Historical Note}
606 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
607 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
608 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
609 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
610
611 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
612 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
613 @end itemize
614
615 @node Running
616 @chapter Running
617 @cindex command line options
618 @cindex logfile
619 @cindex directory search
620
621 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
622 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
623 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
624 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
625 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
626
627 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
628 tell it how each debug session should work.
629 The @option{--help} option shows:
630 @verbatim
631 bash$ openocd --help
632
633 --help | -h display this help
634 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
635 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
636 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
637 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
638 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
639 --command | -c run <command>
640 @end verbatim
641
642 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
643 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
644 To specify one or more different
645 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
646
647 @example
648 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
649 @end example
650
651 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
652 @enumerate
653 @item the current directory,
654 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
655 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
656 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
657 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
658 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
659 @end enumerate
660 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
661
662 @quotation Note
663 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
664 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
665 @end quotation
666
667 @section Simple setup, no customization
668
669 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
670 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
671 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
672 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
673 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
674
675 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
676 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
677 the server like:
678
679 @example
680 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
681 @end example
682
683 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
684 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
685 If all goes well you'll see output something like
686
687 @example
688 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
689 For bug reports, read
690 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
691 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
692 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
693 @end example
694
695 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
696 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
697 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
698
699 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
700
701 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
702 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
703 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
704 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
705 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
706 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
707 ensure that this always succeeds.
708 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
709 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
710 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
711 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
712
713 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
714 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
715 those channels.
716
717 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
718 the @option{-d} option.
719
720 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
721 @option{-c} command line switch.
722
723 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
724 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
725 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
726 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
727 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
728 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
729 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
730
731 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
732 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
733
734 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
735 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
736 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
737 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
738
739 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
740 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
741
742 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
743 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
744 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
745 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
746 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
747 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
748 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
749
750 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
751
752 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
753 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
754 and a USB cable on the other.
755 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
756 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
757
758 @enumerate
759 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
760 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
761 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
762 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
763 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
764 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
765 debugging host.
766
767 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
768 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
769 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
770 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
771 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
772
773 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
774 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
775 with 1.2 Volt boards.
776
777 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
778 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
779 ways to connect the cable.
780 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
781 Be sure it's firmly connected.
782
783 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
784 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
785 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
786 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
787 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
788 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
789 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
790 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
791
792 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
793 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
794 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
795 but are tedious to set up.
796 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
797 adapter signals to the right board pins.
798
799 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
800 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
801 you are using to run OpenOCD.
802 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
803
804 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
805 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
806 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
807
808 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
809 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
810 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
811
812 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
813 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
814 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
815 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
816
817 @end enumerate
818
819 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
820 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
821 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
822
823 @section Project Directory
824
825 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
826
827 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
828 single directory for your work with a given board.
829 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
830 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
831 files accessed through semihosting,
832 and for code you upload to the target board.
833 It is also the natural place to write files,
834 such as log files and data you download from the board.
835
836 @section Configuration Basics
837
838 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
839 a variety of ways you can mix them.
840 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
841
842 @itemize
843 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
844 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
845 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
846 @end itemize
847
848 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
849 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
850 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
851
852 @example
853 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
854
855 # GDB can also flash my flash!
856 gdb_memory_map enable
857 gdb_flash_program enable
858
859 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
860 @end example
861
862 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
863
864 @example
865 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
866 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
867 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
868 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
869 @end example
870
871 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
872 each supporting a different development task.
873 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
874 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
875
876 @quotation Important
877 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
878 problems with how it treats variables.
879 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
880 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
881 that can be tested in a later script.
882 @end quotation
883
884 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
885 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
886 to simplify your work.
887
888 @section User Config Files
889 @cindex config file, user
890 @cindex user config file
891 @cindex config file, overview
892
893 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
894 in one place.
895 One of the following will match your situation best:
896
897 @itemize
898 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
899 provided by someone else.
900 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
901 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
902 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
903 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
904 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
905 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
906
907 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
908 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
909
910 @enumerate
911 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
912 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
913 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
914 @end enumerate
915
916 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
917 The first is an interface config file.
918 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
919 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
920 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
921 meet your deadline:
922
923 @example
924 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
925 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
926 @end example
927
928 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
929 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
930 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
931 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
932
933 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
934 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
935 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
936 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
937 target and board
938 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
939 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
940
941 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
942 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
943 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
944 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
945
946 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
947 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
948 giving access to your particular flash chips.
949 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
950 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
951
952 @quotation Note
953 When you write new configuration files, please submit
954 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
955 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
956 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
957 will help support users of any board using that chip.
958 @end quotation
959
960 @item
961 You may may need to write some C code.
962 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
963 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
964 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
965 a new chip architecture.
966 @end itemize
967
968 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
969 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
970 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
971
972 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
973 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
974 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
975 @itemize
976
977 @item
978 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
979 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
980 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
981 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
982
983 @item
984 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
985 @cindex vector_catch
986 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
987 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
988 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
989 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
990 along with messaging and tracing setup.
991 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
992
993 @item
994 You might need to override some defaults.
995 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
996 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
997
998 @item
999 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1000 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1001 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1002 @end itemize
1003
1004 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1005
1006 A few project-specific utility
1007 routines may well speed up your work.
1008 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1009
1010 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1011 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1012 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1013 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1014 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1015 may help:
1016
1017 @example
1018 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1019 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1020 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1021 # Leave the CPU halted.
1022 reset init
1023
1024 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1025 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1026
1027 # Start running.
1028 resume 0x20000000
1029 @}
1030 @end example
1031
1032 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1033 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1034 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1035 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1036 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1037
1038 @example
1039 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1040 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1041 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1042 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1043 reset init
1044
1045 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1046 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1047 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1048 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1049 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1050 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1051 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1052
1053 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1054 reset run
1055 @}
1056 @end example
1057
1058 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1059 from NAND.
1060 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1061 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1062 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1063
1064 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1065 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1066
1067 @section Target Software Changes
1068
1069 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1070 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1071 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1072 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1073 handling issues like:
1074
1075 @itemize @bullet
1076
1077 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1078 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1079 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1080 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1081 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1082 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1083 your debug sessions.
1084
1085 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1086 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1087 That might however be your only option.
1088
1089 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1090 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1091 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1092 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1093 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1094 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1095 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1096 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1097 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1098 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1099 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1100 instead of the whole thing.
1101 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1102 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1103
1104 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1105 @cindex ARM semihosting
1106 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1107 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1108 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1109 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1110 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1111 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1112 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1113 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1114 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1115 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1116 NAND or SPI flash.
1117
1118 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1119 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1120 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1121 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1122 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1123
1124 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1125 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1126 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1127 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1128 registers which can be used to change various features including
1129 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1130 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1131 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1132 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1133 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1134
1135 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1136 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1137 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1138 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1139 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1140
1141 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1142 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1143 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1144 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1145 early code execution can be debugged
1146 or firmware can be replaced.
1147
1148 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1149 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1150 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1151 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1152 operations like writing to memory.)
1153
1154 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1155 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1156 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1157 various kinds of message.
1158 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1159
1160 @end itemize
1161
1162 @section Target Hardware Setup
1163
1164 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1165 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1166 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1167 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1168 working with.}
1169
1170 Common issues include:
1171
1172 @itemize @bullet
1173
1174 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1175 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1176 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1177 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1178 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1179 or one from a daughtercard).
1180 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1181 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1182
1183 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1184 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1185 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1186 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1187 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1188 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1189
1190 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1191 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1192 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1193 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1194 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1195
1196
1197 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1198 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1199 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1200 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1201 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1202 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1203 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1204
1205 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1206 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1207 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1208 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1209 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1210
1211 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1212 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1213 used to start booting.
1214
1215 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1216 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1217 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1218 multiple audio codec chips).
1219 This interacts with software
1220 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1221 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1222 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1223 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1224 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1225 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1226 audio or video codecs are used.
1227
1228 @end itemize
1229
1230 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1231 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1232 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1233 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1234 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1235 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1236 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1237 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1238 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1239 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1240
1241
1242 @node Config File Guidelines
1243 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1244
1245 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1246 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1247 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1248 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1249
1250 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1251 with files including the ones listed here.
1252 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1253 @itemize @bullet
1254 @item @file{interface} ...
1255 These are for debug adapters.
1256 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1257 @example
1258 $ ls interface
1259 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openrd.cfg
1260 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg osbdm.cfg
1261 arm-usb-ocd.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg parport.cfg
1262 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1263 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1264 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1265 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg rlink.cfg
1266 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1267 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1268 calao-usb-a9260.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1269 chameleon.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1270 cortino.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1271 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1272 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1273 dummy.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1274 estick.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1275 flashlink.cfg ngxtech.cfg ulink.cfg
1276 flossjtag.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1277 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg usbprog.cfg
1278 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1279 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1280 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1281 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg
1282 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1283 $
1284 @end example
1285 @item @file{board} ...
1286 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1287 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1288 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1289 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1290 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1291 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1292 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1293 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1294 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1295 a CPU and an FPGA.
1296 @example
1297 $ ls board
1298 actux3.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1299 am3517evm.cfg lubbock.cfg
1300 arm_evaluator7t.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1301 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1302 at91eb40a.cfg mini2440.cfg
1303 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini6410.cfg
1304 at91rm9200-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1305 at91sam9261-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1306 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1307 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1308 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1309 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1310 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1311 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1312 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1313 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1314 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg osk5912.cfg
1315 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1316 balloon3-cpu.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1317 colibri.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1318 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1319 csb337.cfg redbee.cfg
1320 csb732.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1321 da850evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1322 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1323 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1324 dm355evm.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1325 dm365evm.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1326 dm6446evm.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1327 efikamx.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1328 eir.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1329 ek-lm3s1968.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1330 ek-lm3s3748.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1331 ek-lm3s6965.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1332 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1333 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1334 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1335 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1336 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1337 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1338 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1339 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1340 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1341 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1342 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1343 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1344 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg telo.cfg
1345 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1346 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1347 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1348 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1349 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1350 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1351 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1352 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topasa900.cfg
1353 imx27ads.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1354 imx27lnst.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1355 imx28evk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1356 imx31pdk.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1357 imx35pdk.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1358 imx53loco.cfg verdex.cfg
1359 keil_mcb1700.cfg voipac.cfg
1360 keil_mcb2140.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1361 kwikstik.cfg x300t.cfg
1362 linksys_nslu2.cfg zy1000.cfg
1363 lisa-l.cfg
1364 $
1365 @end example
1366 @item @file{target} ...
1367 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1368 on a chip
1369 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1370 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1371 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1372 the target config file defines all of them.
1373 @example
1374 $ ls target
1375 $duc702x.cfg ixp42x.cfg
1376 am335x.cfg k40.cfg
1377 amdm37x.cfg k60.cfg
1378 ar71xx.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1379 at32ap7000.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1380 at91r40008.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1381 at91rm9200.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1382 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1383 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1384 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1385 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1386 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1387 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1388 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1389 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1390 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1391 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1392 at91sam3u4e.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1393 at91sam3uxx.cfg nuc910.cfg
1394 at91sam3XXX.cfg omap2420.cfg
1395 at91sam4sXX.cfg omap3530.cfg
1396 at91sam4XXX.cfg omap4430.cfg
1397 at91sam7se512.cfg omap4460.cfg
1398 at91sam7sx.cfg omap5912.cfg
1399 at91sam7x256.cfg omapl138.cfg
1400 at91sam7x512.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1401 at91sam9260.cfg pxa255.cfg
1402 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg pxa270.cfg
1403 at91sam9261.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1404 at91sam9263.cfg readme.txt
1405 at91sam9.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1406 at91sam9g10.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1407 at91sam9g20.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1408 at91sam9g45.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1409 at91sam9rl.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1410 atmega128.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1411 avr32.cfg smp8634.cfg
1412 c100.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1413 c100config.tcl stellaris.cfg
1414 c100helper.tcl stm32.cfg
1415 c100regs.tcl stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1416 cs351x.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1417 davinci.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1418 dragonite.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1419 dsp56321.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1420 dsp568013.cfg stm32f2xxx.cfg
1421 dsp568037.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1422 epc9301.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1423 faux.cfg stm32l.cfg
1424 feroceon.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1425 fm3.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1426 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1427 hilscher_netx500.cfg str710.cfg
1428 hilscher_netx50.cfg str730.cfg
1429 icepick.cfg str750.cfg
1430 imx21.cfg str912.cfg
1431 imx25.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1432 imx27.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1433 imx28.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1434 imx31.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1435 imx35.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1436 imx51.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1437 imx53.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1438 imx.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1439 is5114.cfg u8500.cfg
1440 @end example
1441 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1442 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1443 @end itemize
1444
1445 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1446 file may override features in any of the above files by
1447 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1448 commands specific to their situation.
1449
1450 @section Interface Config Files
1451
1452 The user config file
1453 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1454
1455 @example
1456 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1457 @end example
1458
1459 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1460 in use today with OpenOCD.
1461 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1462 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1463
1464 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1465 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1466 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1467 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1468 and need to provide a driver for it.
1469
1470 @section Board Config Files
1471 @cindex config file, board
1472 @cindex board config file
1473
1474 The user config file
1475 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1476
1477 @example
1478 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1479 @end example
1480
1481 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1482 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1483 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1484
1485 @enumerate
1486 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1487 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1488 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1489 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1490 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1491 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1492 @end enumerate
1493
1494 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1495 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1496 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1497 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1498
1499 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1500 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1501 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1502 configuration works.
1503
1504 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1505
1506 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1507 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1508 convention on how to use certain variables.
1509
1510 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1511 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1512 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1513 used at will within a target configuration file.
1514
1515 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1516 for a board with three chips:
1517
1518 @example
1519 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1520 set CHIPNAME network
1521 set ENDIAN big
1522 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1523 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1524 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1525 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1526
1527 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1528 set CHIPNAME video
1529 set ENDIAN little
1530 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1531 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1532 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1533 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1534
1535 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1536 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1537 unset ENDIAN
1538 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1539 @end example
1540
1541 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1542 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1543 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1544 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1545 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1546 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1547 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1548 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1549
1550 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1551 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1552 naming collisions.
1553
1554 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1555 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1556 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1557 up other clocks and peripherals.
1558
1559 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1560 @cindex variable names
1561
1562 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1563 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1564 one such chip (as shown above).
1565 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1566 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1567 to promote consistency and
1568 so that board files can override target defaults.
1569
1570 Inputs to target config files include:
1571
1572 @itemize @bullet
1573 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1574 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1575 tap identifier dotted names.
1576 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1577 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1578 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1579 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1580 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1581 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1582 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1583 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1584 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1585 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1586 @end itemize
1587
1588 Outputs from target config files include:
1589
1590 @itemize @bullet
1591 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1592 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1593 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1594 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1595 specific to that board and that target.
1596 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1597 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1598 @end itemize
1599
1600 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1601 @cindex event, reset-init
1602 @cindex reset-init handler
1603
1604 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1605 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1606 fully set up yet.
1607 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1608 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1609 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1610 handler is one of the most important.
1611
1612 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1613 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1614 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1615 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1616 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1617
1618 @quotation Note
1619 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1620 are included here.
1621 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1622 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1623 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1624 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1625 @end quotation
1626
1627 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1628 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1629 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1630 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1631 those as parameters.
1632 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1633 and disabling the watchdog.
1634 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1635 the next developer doing such work.
1636 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1637
1638 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1639 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1640 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1641 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1642
1643 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1644
1645 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1646 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1647 a low JTAG clock rate.
1648 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1649 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1650 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1651 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1652 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1653 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1654 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1655
1656 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1657 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1658 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1659 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1660 which might be less than that.
1661
1662 @quotation Warning
1663 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1664 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1665 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1666 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1667 @end quotation
1668
1669 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1670 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1671 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1672 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1673 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1674 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1675
1676 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1677 @subsection The init_board procedure
1678 @cindex init_board procedure
1679
1680 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1681 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1682 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1683 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1684 spearate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1685 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1686 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1687 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1688 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1689 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1690 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1691 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1692
1693 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1694 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1695
1696 @example
1697 ### board_file.cfg ###
1698
1699 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1700 source [find target/target.cfg]
1701
1702 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1703 # enables fast on-board clock source
1704 # configures the chip to use it
1705 @}
1706
1707 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1708 proc init_board @{@} @{
1709 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1710
1711 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1712 adapter_khz 1
1713 enable_fast_clock
1714 adapter_khz 10000
1715 @}
1716 @}
1717 @end example
1718
1719 @section Target Config Files
1720 @cindex config file, target
1721 @cindex target config file
1722
1723 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1724 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1725 more target config files like this:
1726
1727 @example
1728 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1729 @end example
1730
1731 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1732 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1733 In summary the target files should contain
1734
1735 @enumerate
1736 @item Set defaults
1737 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1738 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1739 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1740 @item On-Chip flash
1741 @end enumerate
1742
1743 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1744 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1745 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1746
1747 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1748 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1749 can talk to the chip.
1750 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1751 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1752 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1753 and other processing engines.
1754
1755 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1756
1757 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1758 letting board config files express environment-specific
1759 differences in how things should be set up.
1760
1761 @example
1762 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1763 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1764 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1765 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1766 @} else @{
1767 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1768 @}
1769
1770 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1771 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1772 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1773 @} else @{
1774 set _ENDIAN little
1775 @}
1776
1777 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1778 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1779 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1780 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1781 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1782 @} else @{
1783 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1784 @}
1785 @end example
1786 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1787
1788 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1789 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1790 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1791
1792 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1793 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1794 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1795
1796 @example
1797 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1798 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1799 @end example
1800
1801 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1802 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1803 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1804 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1805 for taps.
1806
1807 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1808 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1809 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1810 looks (in part) like this:
1811
1812 @example
1813 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1814 @end example
1815
1816 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1817 to source such a config file twice, with different
1818 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1819 it adds a different TAP each time.
1820
1821 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1822 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1823 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1824 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1825
1826 @example
1827 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1828 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1829 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1830 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1831 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1832 @end example
1833
1834 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1835 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1836
1837 @itemize
1838 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1839 plus a JRC to enable them
1840 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1841 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1842 is not currently used)
1843 @end itemize
1844
1845 @subsection Add CPU targets
1846
1847 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1848 GDB and other commands can use it.
1849 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1850 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1851 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1852 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1853
1854 @example
1855 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1856 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1857 @end example
1858
1859 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1860 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1861 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1862 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1863 a work area if you can.
1864 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1865
1866 @example
1867 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1868 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1869 @end example
1870
1871 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1872 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1873 @cindex SMP
1874 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1875
1876 @example
1877 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1878 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1879 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1880 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1881 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1882 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1883 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1884 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1885 @end example
1886 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1887 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1888 @itemize @bullet
1889 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1890 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1891 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1892 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1893 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1894 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1895 @end itemize
1896
1897 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1898 command have been implemented.
1899 @itemize @bullet
1900 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1901 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1902 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1903 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1904 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1905 following example.
1906 @end itemize
1907
1908 @example
1909 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1910 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1911 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1912 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1913 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1914 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1915 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1916 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1917 > resume
1918 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1919 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1920 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1921 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1922 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1923 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1924 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1925 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1926 @end example
1927
1928
1929 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1930
1931 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1932 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1933 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1934
1935 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1936 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1937 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1938 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1939 both signals.
1940
1941 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1942 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1943 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1944 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1945 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1946 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1947 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1948 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1949 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1950 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1951 not available.)
1952
1953 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1954 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1955 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1956 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1957 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1958 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1959 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1960 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1961
1962 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1963 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1964 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1965 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1966 slower clock than they will use later.
1967 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1968 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1969 than they will use later.
1970 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1971
1972 @quotation Important
1973 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1974 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1975 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1976 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1977 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1978 @end quotation
1979
1980 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
1981 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1982 @cindex init_targets procedure
1983
1984 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
1985 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
1986 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
1987 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
1988 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
1989 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
1990 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
1991 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
1992 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1993
1994 @example
1995 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1996
1997 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1998 # basic initialization procedure ...
1999 @}
2000
2001 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2002 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2003 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2004 @}
2005
2006 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2007
2008 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2009
2010 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2011 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2012 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2013 @}
2014 @end example
2015
2016 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2017 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2018
2019 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2020
2021 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2022 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2023
2024 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2025
2026 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2027 special high speed download features - enable it.
2028
2029 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2030
2031 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2032 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2033 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2034 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2035 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2036 If you are using an external trace port,
2037 configure it in your board config file.
2038 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2039 configure it in your target config file.
2040
2041 @example
2042 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2043 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2044 @end example
2045
2046 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2047
2048 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2049
2050 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2051 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2052 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2053 the TARGET (chip) file.
2054
2055 Examples:
2056 @itemize @bullet
2057 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2058 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2059 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2060 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2061 @end itemize
2062
2063 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2064 @section Translating Configuration Files
2065 @cindex translation
2066 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2067 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2068 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2069 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2070 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2071 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2072
2073 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2074 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2075 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2076 convert other scripts later on.
2077
2078 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2079 replace job:
2080
2081 @example
2082 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2083 #
2084 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2085 #
2086 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2087 #
2088 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2089
2090 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2091 global TARGETNAME
2092
2093 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2094
2095 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2096 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2097 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2098 @}
2099 @end example
2100
2101
2102
2103 @node Daemon Configuration
2104 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2105 @cindex initialization
2106 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2107 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2108 supported.
2109
2110 @anchor{configurationstage}
2111 @section Configuration Stage
2112 @cindex configuration stage
2113 @cindex config command
2114
2115 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2116 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2117 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2118 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2119 inside startup scripts.
2120
2121 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2122 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2123 which may be issued interactively.
2124 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2125 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2126
2127 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2128 flash banks,
2129 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2130 and other basic setup.
2131 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2132 may access or activate TAPs.
2133 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2134 longer be issued.
2135
2136 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2137 @section Entering the Run Stage
2138
2139 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2140 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2141 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2142 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2143 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2144 You should see no errors at this point.
2145 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2146 commands you used to configure the server.
2147 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2148 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2149 on the scan chain.
2150
2151 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2152 become available.
2153 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2154 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2155 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2156 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2157 entry to the run stage.
2158
2159 @deffn {Config Command} init
2160 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2161 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2162 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2163 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2164 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2165 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2166
2167 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2168 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2169 configuration files and/or command line options.
2170
2171 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2172 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2173 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2174 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2175 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2176 @end deffn
2177
2178 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2179 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2180 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2181
2182 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2183 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2184 scan chain.
2185 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2186 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2187
2188 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2189 they return.
2190 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2191 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2192 @end deffn
2193
2194 @anchor{tcpipports}
2195 @section TCP/IP Ports
2196 @cindex TCP port
2197 @cindex server
2198 @cindex port
2199 @cindex security
2200 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2201 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2202 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2203
2204 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2205 access using one or more of these ports.
2206 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2207 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2208 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2209
2210 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2211 @cindex GDB server
2212 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2213 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2214 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2215 the normal use cases.
2216
2217 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2218 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2219 disables the gdb server.
2220
2221 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2222 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2223
2224 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2225 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2226
2227 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2228 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2229 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2230
2231 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2232 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2233 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2234 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2235 @end deffn
2236
2237 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2238 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2239 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2240 output from the Tcl engine.
2241 Intended as a machine interface.
2242 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2243 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2244
2245 @end deffn
2246
2247 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2248 Specify or query the
2249 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2250 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2251 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2252 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2253 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2254 @end deffn
2255
2256 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2257 @section GDB Configuration
2258 @cindex GDB
2259 @cindex GDB configuration
2260 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2261 The ones listed here are static and global.
2262 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2263 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2264
2265 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2266 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2267 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2268 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2269 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2270 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2271 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2272 @end deffn
2273
2274 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2275 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2276 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2277 vFlash packet is received.
2278 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2279 @end deffn
2280
2281 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2282 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2283 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2284 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2285 for flash programming to work.
2286 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2287 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2288 @end deffn
2289
2290 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2291 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2292 by GDB memory read packets.
2293 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2294 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2295 @end deffn
2296
2297 @anchor{eventpolling}
2298 @section Event Polling
2299
2300 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2301 where significant events can happen at any time.
2302 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2303 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2304 or to GDB.
2305
2306 Examples of such events include:
2307
2308 @itemize
2309 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2310 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2311 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2312 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2313 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2314 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2315 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2316 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2317 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2318 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2319 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2320 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2321 @end itemize
2322
2323 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2324 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2325 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2326 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2327 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2328
2329 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2330 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2331 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2332 to the various active targets.
2333 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2334 which is normally done in the background.
2335
2336 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2337 Poll the current target for its current state.
2338 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2339 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2340 specific information about the current state is printed.
2341 An optional parameter
2342 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2343
2344 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2345 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2346 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2347 @example
2348 > poll
2349 background polling: on
2350 target state: halted
2351 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2352 current mode: Supervisor
2353 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2354 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2355 >
2356 @end example
2357 @end deffn
2358
2359 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2360 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2361 @cindex config file, interface
2362 @cindex interface config file
2363
2364 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2365 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2366 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2367
2368 @quotation Note
2369 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2370 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2371 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2372 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2373 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2374 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2375 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2376 @end quotation
2377
2378 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2379 through commands in an interface configuration
2380 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2381 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2382
2383 @example
2384 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2385 @end example
2386
2387 These commands tell
2388 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2389 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2390
2391 @example
2392 # jlink interface
2393 interface jlink
2394 @end example
2395
2396 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2397
2398
2399 @section Interface Configuration
2400
2401 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2402 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2403 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2404
2405 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2406 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2407 target.
2408 @end deffn
2409
2410 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2411 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2412 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2413 @end deffn
2414 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2415 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2416 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2417 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2418 the hardware can support.
2419 @end deffn
2420
2421
2422
2423 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2424 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2425 @end deffn
2426
2427 @section Interface Drivers
2428
2429 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2430 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2431 available at run time.
2432
2433 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2434 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2435 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2436 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2437
2438 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2439 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2440 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2441 @end deffn
2442
2443 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2444 Displays status of RTCK option.
2445 Optionally sets that option first.
2446 @end deffn
2447 @end deffn
2448
2449 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2450 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2451 This has one driver-specific command:
2452
2453 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2454 Logs some status
2455 @end deffn
2456 @end deffn
2457
2458 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2459 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2460 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2461 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2462 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2463 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2464 @end deffn
2465
2466 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2467 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2468 @end deffn
2469
2470 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2471 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2472 @end deffn
2473
2474 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2475 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2476
2477 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2478 recommended as its replacement.
2479
2480 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2481 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2482
2483 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2484 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2485 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2486 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2487 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2488 @end deffn
2489
2490 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2491 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2492 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2493 is connected to the host.
2494 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2495 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2496 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2497 @end deffn
2498
2499 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2500 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2501 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2502 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2503 @itemize @minus
2504 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2505 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2506 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2507 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2508 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2509 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2510 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2511 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2512 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2513 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2514 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2515 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2516 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2517 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2518 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2519 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2520 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2521 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2522 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2523 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2524 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2525 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2526 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2527 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2528 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2529 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2530 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2531 @end itemize
2532 @end deffn
2533
2534 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2535 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2536 default values are used.
2537 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2538 @example
2539 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2540 @end example
2541 @end deffn
2542
2543 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2544 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2545 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2546 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2547 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2548 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2549 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2550 @end deffn
2551
2552 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2553 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2554 The default value is 1.
2555 @end deffn
2556
2557 For example, the interface config file for a
2558 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2559
2560 @example
2561 interface ft2232
2562 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2563 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2564 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2565 @end example
2566 @end deffn
2567
2568 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2569 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2570 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2571 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2572 interface driver.
2573
2574 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2575 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2576 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2577
2578 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2579 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2580 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2581
2582 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2583 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2584 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2585 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2586 will be used for their customary purpose.
2587
2588 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2589 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2590 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2591 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2592
2593 @itemize @minus
2594 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2595 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2596 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2597 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2598 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2599 switching data and direction as necessary
2600 @end itemize
2601
2602 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2603 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2604
2605 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2606 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2607 default values are used.
2608 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2609 @example
2610 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2611 @end example
2612 @end deffn
2613
2614 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2615 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2616 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2617 during device selection.
2618 @end deffn
2619
2620 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2621 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2622 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2623 is connected to the host.
2624 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2625 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2626 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2627 @end deffn
2628
2629 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2630 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2631 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2632 @end deffn
2633
2634 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2635 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2636 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2637 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2638 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2639 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2640 and initially asserted reset signals.
2641 @end deffn
2642
2643 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2644 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2645 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2646 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2647 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2648 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2649 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2650 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2651 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2652
2653 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2654 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2655 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2656 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2657 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2658 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2659
2660 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2661 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2662 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2663 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2664 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2665 are always driven by the FTDI.
2666 @end deffn
2667
2668 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2669 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2670 @itemize @minus
2671 @item @option{0}, drive low
2672 @item @option{1}, drive high
2673 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2674 @end itemize
2675 @end deffn
2676
2677 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2678 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2679 @end deffn
2680
2681 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2682 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2683 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2684 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2685
2686 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2687 processors which are being simulated.
2688
2689 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2690 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2691 sockets instead of TCP.
2692 @end deffn
2693
2694 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2695 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2696 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2697 @end deffn
2698
2699 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2700 something like:
2701
2702 @example
2703 interface remote_bitbang
2704 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2705 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2706 @end example
2707
2708 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2709 named mysocket:
2710
2711 @example
2712 interface remote_bitbang
2713 remote_bitbang_port 0
2714 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2715 @end example
2716 @end deffn
2717
2718 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2719 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2720 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2721 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2722
2723 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2724 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2725 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2726 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2727 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2728 @end deffn
2729
2730 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2731 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2732 default values are used.
2733 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2734 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2735 @example
2736 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2737 @end example
2738 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2739 @example
2740 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2741 @end example
2742 @end deffn
2743
2744 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2745 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2746 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2747 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2748
2749 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2750 @example
2751 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2752 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2753 @end example
2754 @end deffn
2755
2756 @end deffn
2757
2758 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2759 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2760 This has one driver-specific command:
2761
2762 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2763 Display either the address of the I/O port
2764 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2765 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2766 This is a write-once setting.
2767 @end deffn
2768 @end deffn
2769
2770 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2771 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2772
2773 @quotation Compatibility Note
2774 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2775 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2776 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2777 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2778 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2779 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2780 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2781 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2782 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2783 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2784 @end quotation
2785
2786 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2787 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2788 @end deffn
2789 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2790 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2791 @end deffn
2792 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2793 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2794 @end deffn
2795 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2796 Display the J-Link configuration.
2797 @end deffn
2798 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2799 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2800 @end deffn
2801 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2802 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2803 @end deffn
2804 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2805 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2806 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2807 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2808 @end deffn
2809 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2810 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2811 @end deffn
2812 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2813 Reset the current configuration.
2814 @end deffn
2815 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2816 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2817 @end deffn
2818 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2819 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2820 @end deffn
2821 @end deffn
2822
2823 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2824 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2825 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2826 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2827 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2828
2829 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2830 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2831 This is a write-once setting.
2832 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2833
2834 @itemize @minus
2835 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2836 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2837 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2838 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2839 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2840 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2841 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2842 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2843 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2844 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2845 some versions of
2846 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2847 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2848 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2849 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2850 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2851 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2852 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2853 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2854 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2855 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2856 @end itemize
2857 @end deffn
2858
2859 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2860 Display either the address of the I/O port
2861 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2862 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2863 This is a write-once setting.
2864
2865 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2866 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2867 you may encounter a problem.
2868 @end deffn
2869
2870 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2871 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2872 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2873 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2874 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2875 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2876
2877 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2878 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2879 @quotation Tip
2880 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2881 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2882 @example
2883 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2884 > adapter_khz 500
2885 @end example
2886 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2887 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2888 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2889 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2890 large set of samples.
2891 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2892 @example
2893 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2894 @end example
2895 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2896 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2897
2898 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2899 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2900 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2901 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2902 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2903 @end quotation
2904 @end deffn
2905
2906 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2907 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2908 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2909 @end deffn
2910
2911 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2912 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2913
2914 @example
2915 interface parport
2916 parport_port 0x278
2917 parport_cable wiggler
2918 @end example
2919 @end deffn
2920
2921 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2922 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2923 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2924 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2925 @end deffn
2926 @end deffn
2927
2928 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2929 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2930 @end deffn
2931
2932 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2933 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2934 @end deffn
2935
2936 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2937 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2938
2939 @quotation Note
2940 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2941 which are not currently documented here.
2942 @end quotation
2943 @end deffn
2944
2945 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
2946 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
2947 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
2948 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
2949
2950 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
2951
2952 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
2953 Currently Not Supported.
2954 @end deffn
2955
2956 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
2957 Currently Not Supported.
2958 @end deffn
2959
2960 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
2961 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
2962 @end deffn
2963
2964 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
2965 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
2966 @end deffn
2967
2968 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
2969 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2. (@b{STLINK Only}).
2970 @end deffn
2971 @end deffn
2972
2973 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
2974 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2975 @end deffn
2976
2977 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
2978 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
2979 @end deffn
2980
2981 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2982 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2983 @end deffn
2984
2985 @quotation Note
2986 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2987 which are not currently documented here.
2988 @end quotation
2989
2990 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2991 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2992 No arguments: print status.
2993 @end deffn
2994
2995 @section Transport Configuration
2996 @cindex Transport
2997 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2998 and the debug adapter you are using,
2999 several transports may be available to
3000 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3001 @deffn Command {transport list}
3002 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3003 version of OpenOCD.
3004 @end deffn
3005
3006 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3007 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3008 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3009 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3010 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3011 @end deffn
3012
3013 @subsection JTAG Transport
3014 @cindex JTAG
3015 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3016 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3017 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3018 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3019 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3020 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3021 @subsection SWD Transport
3022 @cindex SWD
3023 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3024 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3025 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3026 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3027 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3028 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3029 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3030 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3031 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3032 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3033 expected to change.
3034 @end deffn
3035 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3036 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3037 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3038 No parameters: displays current settings.
3039 @end deffn
3040
3041 @subsection SPI Transport
3042 @cindex SPI
3043 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3044 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3045 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3046 solution for flash programming.
3047
3048 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3049 @section JTAG Speed
3050 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3051 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3052 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3053 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3054 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3055 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3056 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3057 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3058 power management software that may be active.
3059
3060 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3061 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3062 target event handler.
3063 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3064 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3065 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3066 sets up those clocks).
3067 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3068 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3069 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3070 in the target config file.
3071 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3072 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3073 config file instead.
3074 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3075 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3076 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3077
3078 @example
3079 jtag_rclk 3000
3080 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3081 @end example
3082
3083 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3084 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3085 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3086 may not be the fastest solution.
3087
3088 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3089 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3090 which support adaptive clocking.
3091
3092 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3093 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3094 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3095 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3096 than the speed specified.
3097
3098 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3099 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3100 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3101 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3102
3103 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3104 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3105 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3106 JTAG clocking after setup.
3107 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3108 If the interface device can not
3109 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3110 @end deffn
3111
3112 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3113 @cindex adaptive clocking
3114 @cindex RTCK
3115 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3116 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3117 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3118 @example
3119 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3120 jtag_rclk 3000
3121 @end example
3122 @end defun
3123
3124 @node Reset Configuration
3125 @chapter Reset Configuration
3126 @cindex Reset Configuration
3127
3128 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3129 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3130 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3131 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3132 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3133 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3134 Please see the various board files for examples.
3135
3136 @quotation Note
3137 To maintainers and integrators:
3138 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3139 Normally the board configuration file
3140 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3141 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3142
3143 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3144 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3145 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3146 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3147 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3148 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3149 @end quotation
3150
3151 @section Types of Reset
3152
3153 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3154 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3155 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3156
3157 @itemize @bullet
3158 @item
3159 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3160 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3161 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3162 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3163 @item
3164 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3165 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3166 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3167 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3168 @item
3169 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3170 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3171 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3172 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3173 @item
3174 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3175 several other types of reset.
3176 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3177 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3178 There may be individual module resets.
3179 @end itemize
3180
3181 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3182 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3183 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3184 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3185 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3186 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3187 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3188 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3189 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3190
3191 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3192 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3193
3194 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3195 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3196 common issues are:
3197
3198 @itemize @bullet
3199
3200 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3201 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3202 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3203 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3204 when either of those signals is not connected.
3205 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3206 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3207 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3208 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3209
3210 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3211 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3212 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3213 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3214
3215 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3216 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3217 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3218 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3219 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3220 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3221 hardware debouncing.
3222 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3223 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3224
3225 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3226 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3227 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3228 to use push/pull output drivers.
3229 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3230 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3231 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3232 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3233
3234 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3235 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3236 issues (not limited to errata).
3237 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3238 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3239 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3240 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3241 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3242 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3243 @end itemize
3244
3245 There can also be other issues.
3246 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3247 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3248 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3249 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3250 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3251 Agreement (NDA).
3252
3253 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3254 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3255 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3256
3257 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3258 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3259
3260 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3261
3262 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3263 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3264 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3265 allowing it to be deasserted.
3266 @end deffn
3267
3268 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3269 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3270 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3271 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3272 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3273 @end deffn
3274
3275 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3276 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3277 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3278 allowing it to be deasserted.
3279 @end deffn
3280
3281 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3282 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3283 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3284 @end deffn
3285
3286 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3287 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3288 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3289 configuration scripts.
3290
3291 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3292 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3293 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3294 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3295 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3296 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3297 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3298 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3299
3300 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3301 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3302 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3303 -- may be specified at a time.
3304 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3305 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3306 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3307 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3308 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3309
3310 @itemize
3311 @item
3312 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3313 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3314 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3315 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3316 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3317
3318 @quotation Tip
3319 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3320 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3321 @end quotation
3322
3323 @item
3324 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3325 signal implementations.
3326 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3327 indicating everything behaves normally.
3328 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3329 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3330 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3331 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3332 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3333 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3334 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3335
3336 @item
3337 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3338 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3339 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3340 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3341 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3342 while SRST is asserted.
3343 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3344 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3345
3346 @item
3347 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3348 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3349 is required to use this option.
3350 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3351 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3352 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3353 be asserted before any target connection.
3354 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3355 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3356 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3357 @end itemize
3358
3359 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3360 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3361 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3362 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3363 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3364
3365 @itemize
3366 @item
3367 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3368 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3369 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3370 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3371
3372 @item
3373 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3374 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3375 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3376 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3377 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3378 @end itemize
3379 @end deffn
3380
3381 @section Custom Reset Handling
3382 @cindex events
3383
3384 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3385 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3386 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3387 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3388 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3389 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3390
3391 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3392 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3393 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3394 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3395 want to reset everything at once.
3396
3397 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3398 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3399 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3400 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3401 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3402 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3403 needs special attention.
3404
3405 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3406 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3407 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3408 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3409 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3410 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3411 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3412 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3413
3414 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3415 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3416 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3417 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3418 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3419
3420 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3421 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3422 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3423 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3424 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3425 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3426 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3427 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3428 or potentially some other value.
3429
3430 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3431 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3432 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3433 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3434 (or their associated targets)
3435 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3436
3437 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3438 they return.
3439 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3440 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3441 @end deffn
3442
3443 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3444 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3445 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3446 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3447 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3448 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3449 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3450 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3451 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3452 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3453 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3454 @end deffn
3455
3456 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3457 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3458 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3459 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3460 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3461 @end deffn
3462
3463
3464 @node TAP Declaration
3465 @chapter TAP Declaration
3466 @cindex TAP declaration
3467 @cindex TAP configuration
3468
3469 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3470 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3471
3472 @itemize @bullet
3473 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3474 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3475 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3476 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3477 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3478 start running that code.
3479 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3480 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3481 and missing connections
3482 @end itemize
3483
3484 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3485 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3486 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3487 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3488 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3489
3490 @section Scan Chains
3491 @cindex scan chain
3492
3493 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3494 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3495 They also need to be added to
3496 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3497 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3498 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3499 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3500 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3501 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3502 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3503 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3504
3505 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3506 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3507 command, presented in the next chapter.
3508 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3509 debugging targets.)
3510 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3511
3512 @verbatim
3513 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3514 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3515 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3516 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3517 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3518 @end verbatim
3519
3520 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3521 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3522 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3523 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3524 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3525 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3526 until they are told to do so.
3527
3528 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3529 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3530 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3531 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3532
3533 @example
3534 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3535 @end example
3536
3537 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3538 by a given chip.
3539 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3540 and so forth.
3541 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3542 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3543 a single chip and between them.
3544 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3545
3546 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3547 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3548 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3549 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3550 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3551 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3552 includes commands something like this:
3553
3554 @example
3555 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3556 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3557 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3558 @end example
3559
3560 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3561 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3562 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3563
3564 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3565 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3566 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3567 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3568 @example
3569 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3570 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3571 @}
3572 @end example
3573 @end deffn
3574
3575 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3576 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3577 and their status.
3578 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3579 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3580 but systems with a JTAG router can
3581 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3582 @end deffn
3583
3584 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3585 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3586
3587 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3588 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3589
3590 @section TAP Names
3591 @cindex dotted name
3592
3593 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3594 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3595 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3596 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3597 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3598 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3599 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3600 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3601
3602 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3603 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3604 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3605
3606 @quotation Tip
3607 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3608 This feature is still present.
3609 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3610 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3611 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3612 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3613 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3614 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3615 @end quotation
3616
3617 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3618
3619 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3620 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3621 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3622 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3623
3624 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3625 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3626 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3627 overridable.
3628
3629 @cindex TAP naming convention
3630 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3631 and should follow this convention:
3632
3633 @itemize @bullet
3634 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3635 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3636 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3637 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3638 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3639 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3640 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3641 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3642 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3643 with a single TAP;
3644 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3645 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3646 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3647 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3648 @end itemize
3649
3650 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3651
3652 @itemize @bullet
3653 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3654 @*The length in bits of the
3655 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3656 @end itemize
3657
3658 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3659
3660 @itemize @bullet
3661 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3662 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3663 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3664 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3665 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3666 (the TAP is linked in).
3667 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3668 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3669 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3670 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3671 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3672 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3673 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3674 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3675 values that were found but not included in the list.
3676
3677 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3678 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3679 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3680 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3681 hardware to find these values.
3682 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3683 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3684 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3685 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3686 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3687 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3688 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3689 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3690 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3691 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3692 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3693 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3694 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3695 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3696 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3697 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3698 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3699 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3700 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3701 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3702 @end itemize
3703 @end deffn
3704
3705 @section Other TAP commands
3706
3707 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3708 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3709 At this writing this TAP attribute
3710 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3711 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3712 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3713 See the next section for information about the available events.
3714
3715 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3716 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3717 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3718 @end deffn
3719
3720 @section TAP Events
3721 @cindex events
3722 @cindex TAP events
3723
3724 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3725 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3726 The other applies to debugger targets,
3727 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3728
3729 The TAP events currently defined are:
3730
3731 @itemize @bullet
3732 @item @b{post-reset}
3733 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3734 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3735 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3736 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3737 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3738
3739 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3740 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3741 of any particular target.
3742 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3743 @item @b{setup}
3744 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3745 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3746 @item @b{tap-disable}
3747 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3748 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3749 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3750 @item @b{tap-enable}
3751 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3752 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3753 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3754 @end itemize
3755
3756 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3757 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3758 contents to be accurate), you might:
3759
3760 @example
3761 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3762 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3763 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3764 @}
3765 @end example
3766
3767
3768 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3769 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3770 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3771 @cindex jrc
3772
3773 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3774 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3775 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3776 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3777 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3778
3779 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3780 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3781 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3782 be visible.
3783 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3784 ignores, such as:
3785
3786 @itemize
3787 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3788 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3789 TAPs receive new instructions.
3790 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3791 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3792 @end itemize
3793
3794 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3795 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3796 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3797 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3798
3799 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3800 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3801
3802 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3803 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3804 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3805 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3806 should define TAP event handlers using
3807 code that looks something like this:
3808
3809 @example
3810 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3811 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3812 @}
3813 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3814 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3815 @}
3816 @end example
3817
3818 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3819
3820 @example
3821 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3822 @end example
3823
3824 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3825 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3826 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3827 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3828
3829 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3830 If necessary, disables the tap
3831 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3832 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3833 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3834 and "0" if it is disabled.
3835 @end deffn
3836
3837 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3838 If necessary, enables the tap
3839 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3840 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3841 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3842 and "0" if it is disabled.
3843 @end deffn
3844
3845 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3846 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3847 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3848 and "0" if it is disabled.
3849
3850 @quotation Note
3851 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3852 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3853 @end quotation
3854 @end deffn
3855
3856 @anchor{autoprobing}
3857 @section Autoprobing
3858 @cindex autoprobe
3859 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3860
3861 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3862 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3863 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3864 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3865
3866 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3867 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3868 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3869 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3870 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3871 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3872 right when they come out of reset).
3873
3874 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3875
3876 @example
3877 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3878 reset_config trst_and_srst
3879 jtag_rclk 8
3880 @end example
3881
3882 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3883 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3884
3885 @enumerate
3886 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3887 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3888 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3889 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3890 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3891 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3892 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3893 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3894 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3895 that is discovered.
3896 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3897 register, it will report it.
3898 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3899 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3900 @end enumerate
3901
3902 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3903 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3904 that's a bit more complex:
3905
3906 @example
3907 clock speed 8 kHz
3908 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3909 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3910 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3911 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3912 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3913 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3914 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3915 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3916 @end example
3917
3918 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3919 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3920 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3921 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3922 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3923 and so forth.
3924
3925 @node CPU Configuration
3926 @chapter CPU Configuration
3927 @cindex GDB target
3928
3929 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3930 You can also access these targets without GDB
3931 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3932 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
3933 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3934 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3935
3936 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3937 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3938
3939 @section Target List
3940 @cindex target, current
3941 @cindex target, list
3942
3943 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3944 where each member has a name.
3945 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3946 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3947 (plural!) command.
3948 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3949 look like with more than one:
3950 @verbatim
3951 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3952 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3953 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3954 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3955 @end verbatim
3956
3957 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3958 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3959 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3960 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3961 space seen by that current target.
3962 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3963 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3964 are examples; and there are many more.
3965
3966 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3967
3968 @deffn Command {target count}
3969 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3970 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3971 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3972
3973 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3974 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3975 @example
3976 set c [target count]
3977 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3978 # Assuming you have created this function
3979 print_target_details $x
3980 @}
3981 @end example
3982 @end deffn
3983
3984 @deffn Command {target current}
3985 Returns the name of the current target.
3986 @end deffn
3987
3988 @deffn Command {target names}
3989 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3990 @example
3991 foreach t [target names] @{
3992 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3993 @}
3994 @end example
3995 @end deffn
3996
3997 @deffn Command {target number} number
3998 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3999 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4000
4001 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4002 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4003 @example
4004 set thename [target number $x]
4005 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4006 @end example
4007 @end deffn
4008
4009 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4010 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4011
4012 @deffn Command targets [name]
4013 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4014 command names are singular.}
4015
4016 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4017 targets in a user friendly form.
4018
4019 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4020 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4021 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4022 @end deffn
4023
4024 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4025 @cindex target type
4026 @cindex CPU type
4027 @cindex CPU variant
4028
4029 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4030 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4031 when calling @command{target create}.
4032 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4033 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4034 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4035 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4036 what core-specific commands may be available
4037 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4038 and more.
4039
4040 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4041 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4042 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4043 worked around in some chip versions.
4044
4045 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4046 since there's a command to list them.
4047 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4048 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4049
4050 @anchor{targettypes}
4051 @deffn Command {target types}
4052 Lists all supported target types.
4053 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4054
4055 @itemize @bullet
4056 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4057 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4058 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4059 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4060 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4061 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4062 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4063 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4064 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4065 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4066 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4067 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4068 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4069 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4070 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4071 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4072 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4073 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4074 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4075 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4076 There are several variants defined:
4077 @itemize @minus
4078 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4079 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4080 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4081 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4082 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4083 @end itemize
4084 @end itemize
4085 @end deffn
4086
4087 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4088 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4089 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4090 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4091 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4092 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4093 reflect design generations;
4094 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4095 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4096
4097 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4098 @section Target Configuration
4099
4100 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4101 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4102 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4103 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4104 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4105
4106 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4107 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4108 optional parts.
4109 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4110 command, created as part of target creation.
4111
4112 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4113 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4114 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4115 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4116 to be much more board-specific.
4117 The key steps you use might look something like this
4118
4119 @example
4120 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
4121 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4122 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4123 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4124 @end example
4125
4126 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4127 on-chip SRAM.
4128 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4129 writes to target memory;
4130 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4131 GDB memory checksumming;
4132 and more.
4133
4134 @quotation Warning
4135 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4136 inaccessible when application code
4137 (such as an operating system)
4138 enables or disables the MMU.
4139 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4140 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4141 easy access to other addresses needed.
4142 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4143 @end quotation
4144
4145 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4146 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4147 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4148 controllers.
4149 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4150 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4151 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4152
4153 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4154 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4155 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4156 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4157 purposes including additional configuration.
4158
4159 @itemize @bullet
4160 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4161 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4162 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4163 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4164
4165 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4166 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4167 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4168 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4169 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4170 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4171 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4172 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4173
4174 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4175 @end itemize
4176 @end deffn
4177
4178 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4179 The options accepted by this command may also be
4180 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4181 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4182 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4183
4184 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4185 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4186 and changing its endianness or variant.
4187
4188 @itemize @bullet
4189
4190 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4191 used to access this target.
4192
4193 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4194 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4195
4196 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4197 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4198 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4199 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4200 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4201 same event name assigns only one handler.
4202
4203 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4204 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4205
4206 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4207 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4208 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4209 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4210 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4211 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4212 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4213
4214 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4215 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4216 or virtual address is being used.
4217
4218 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4219 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4220
4221 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4222 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4223 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4224 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4225 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4226
4227 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4228 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4229 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}.
4230
4231 @end itemize
4232 @end deffn
4233
4234 @section Other $target_name Commands
4235 @cindex object command
4236
4237 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4238 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4239
4240 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4241 Once a button is created a button
4242 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4243 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4244 configure it like this:
4245
4246 @example
4247 # Create
4248 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4249 # Modify
4250 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4251 # Query
4252 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4253 # Report
4254 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4255 @end example
4256
4257 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4258 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4259
4260 @example
4261 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4262 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4263 @end example
4264
4265 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4266
4267 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4268 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4269 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4270 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4271 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4272 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4273 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4274 They are not otherwise documented here.
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4278 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4279 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4280 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4281 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4282 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4283 the target side uses raw memory.
4284
4285 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4286 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4287 The script orientation comes from working with data
4288 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4289 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4290 and neither store nor return those values.
4291
4292 @itemize
4293 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4294 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4295 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4296 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4297 @end itemize
4298 @end deffn
4299
4300 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4301 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4302 @command{$target_name configure}
4303 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4304 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4305 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4306 There are a few special cases:
4307
4308 @itemize @bullet
4309 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4310 event named @var{event_name}.
4311 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4312 two parameters.
4313 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4314 This is a special case because this is set using
4315 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4316 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4317 @end itemize
4318
4319 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4320 all the targets you might use something like this:
4321
4322 @example
4323 foreach name [target names] @{
4324 set y [$name cget -endian]
4325 set z [$name cget -type]
4326 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4327 $x $name $y $z]
4328 @}
4329 @end example
4330 @end deffn
4331
4332 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4333 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4334 Displays the current target state:
4335 @code{debug-running},
4336 @code{halted},
4337 @code{reset},
4338 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4339 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4340 @end deffn
4341
4342 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4343 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4344 currently associated with this target.
4345 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4346 @end deffn
4347
4348 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4349 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4350 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4351 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4352 @end deffn
4353
4354 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4355 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4356 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4357 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4358 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4359 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4360 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4361 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4362 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4363 @end deffn
4364
4365 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4366 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4367 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4368 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4369 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4370 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4371 @end deffn
4372
4373 @anchor{targetevents}
4374 @section Target Events
4375 @cindex target events
4376 @cindex events
4377 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4378 For example:
4379 @itemize @bullet
4380 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4381 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4382 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4383 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4384 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4385 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4386 to set up system clocks or
4387 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4388 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4389 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4390 @end itemize
4391
4392 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4393 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4394 @command{target create ... -event}.
4395
4396 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4397 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4398 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4399
4400 @example
4401 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4402 echo "Reset..."
4403 reset halt
4404 @}
4405 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4406 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4407 echo "Reset..."
4408 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4409 reset init
4410 @}
4411 @end example
4412
4413 The following target events are defined:
4414
4415 @itemize @bullet
4416 @item @b{debug-halted}
4417 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4418 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4419 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4420 @item @b{early-halted}
4421 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4422 @item @b{examine-start}
4423 @* Before target examine is called.
4424 @item @b{examine-end}
4425 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4426 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4427 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4428 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4429 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4430 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4431 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4432 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4433 @* When GDB disconnects
4434 @item @b{gdb-end}
4435 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4436 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4437 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4438 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4439 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4440 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4441 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4442 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4443 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4444 @item @b{gdb-start}
4445 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4446 @item @b{halted}
4447 @* The target has halted
4448 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4449 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4450 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4451 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4452 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4453 @item @b{reset-assert}
4454 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4455 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4456 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4457 it instead of asserting SRST.
4458 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4459 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4460 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4461 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4462 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4463 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4464 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4465 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4466 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4467 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4468 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4469 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4470 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4471 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4472 released on the scan chain.
4473 @item @b{reset-end}
4474 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4475 @ignore
4476 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4477 @* Currently not used
4478 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4479 @* Currently not used
4480 @end ignore
4481 @item @b{reset-init}
4482 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4483 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4484
4485 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4486 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4487 multiplexing, and so on.
4488 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4489 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4490 @item @b{reset-start}
4491 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4492 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4493
4494 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4495 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4496 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4497 @ignore
4498 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4499 @* Currently not used
4500 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4501 @* Currently not used
4502 @end ignore
4503 @item @b{resume-start}
4504 @* Before any target is resumed
4505 @item @b{resume-end}
4506 @* After all targets have resumed
4507 @item @b{resumed}
4508 @* Target has resumed
4509 @end itemize
4510
4511 @node Flash Commands
4512 @chapter Flash Commands
4513
4514 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4515 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4516 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4517 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4518 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4519 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4520 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4521 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4522 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4523
4524 Flash Steps:
4525 @enumerate
4526 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4527 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4528 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4529 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4530 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4531 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4532 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4533 @item GDB Flashing
4534 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4535 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4536 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4537 @end enumerate
4538
4539 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4540 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4541 so that it can't boot.
4542 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4543 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4544
4545 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4546 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4547 @cindex flash configuration
4548
4549 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4550 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4551 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4552 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4553 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4554 see the driver-specific documentation.
4555
4556 @itemize @bullet
4557 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4558 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4559 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4560 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4561 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4562 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4563 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4564 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4565 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4566 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4567 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4568 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4569 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4570 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4571 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4572 commands to the flash controller.
4573 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4574 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4575 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4576 for more information.
4577 @end itemize
4578 @quotation Note
4579 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4580 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4581 @end quotation
4582 @end deffn
4583
4584 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4585 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4586 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4587 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4588 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4589 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4590 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4591 @end deffn
4592
4593 @deffn Command {flash list}
4594 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4595 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4596 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4597 @end deffn
4598
4599 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4600 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4601 depends on the flash type.
4602 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4603 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4604 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4605 but most don't bother.
4606 @end deffn
4607
4608 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4609 @cindex flash erasing
4610 @cindex flash reading
4611 @cindex flash writing
4612 @cindex flash programming
4613 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4614
4615 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4616 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4617 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4618 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4619 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4620
4621 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4622 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4623 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4624 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4625 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4626
4627 @quotation Note
4628 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4629 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4630 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4631 back to a flash bank.
4632 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4633 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4634 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4635 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4636 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4637 @end quotation
4638
4639 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4640 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4641 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4642 disabled first.
4643 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4644 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4645 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4646
4647 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4648 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4649 up to and including @var{last}.
4650 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4651 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4652 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4653 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4654 @end deffn
4655
4656 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4657 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4658 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4659 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4660 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4661 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4662 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4663 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4664 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4665 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4666 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4667 before erase starts.
4668 @end deffn
4669
4670 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4671 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4672 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4673 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4674 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4675 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4676 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4677 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4678 before issuing this command.
4679 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4680 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4681 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4682 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4683 @end deffn
4684 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4685
4686 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4687 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4688 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4689 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4690 @end deffn
4691
4692 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4693 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4694 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4695 to the base address for each section in the image.
4696 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4697 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4698 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4699 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4700 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4701 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4702 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4703 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4704 each image section.
4705
4706 @quotation Warning
4707 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4708 data you want to preserve.
4709 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4710 sections might be erased with no notice.
4711 @itemize
4712 @item
4713 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4714 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4715 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4716 @item
4717 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4718 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4719 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4720 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4721 @end itemize
4722 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4723 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4724 @end quotation
4725
4726 @end deffn
4727
4728 @section Other Flash commands
4729 @cindex flash protection
4730
4731 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4732 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4733 and display that status.
4734 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4738 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4739 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4740 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4741 and possibly stale information.
4742 @end deffn
4743
4744 @anchor{flashprotect}
4745 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4746 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4747 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4748 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4749 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4750 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4751 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4752 @end deffn
4753
4754 @anchor{program}
4755 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4756 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4757 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4758 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4759 @end deffn
4760
4761 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4762 @section Flash Driver List
4763 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4764 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4765 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4766
4767 @subsection External Flash
4768
4769 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4770 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4771 @cindex CFI
4772 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4773 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4774 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4775 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4776 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4777 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4778 configure a bus and its timings), or
4779 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4780 on the flash chip.
4781 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4782 speed up operation.
4783
4784 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4785
4786 @itemize
4787 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4788 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4789 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4790 @end itemize
4791
4792 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4793 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4794
4795 @example
4796 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4797 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4798 @end example
4799
4800 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4801 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4802 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4803
4804 @example
4805 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4806 @end example
4807
4808 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4809 @end deffn
4810
4811 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4812 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4813 @cindex SPIFI
4814 @cindex lpcspifi
4815 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4816 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4817 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4818
4819 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4820 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4821 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4822 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4823 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4824
4825 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4826 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4827 are configured by the driver.
4828
4829 @example
4830 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4831 @end example
4832
4833 @end deffn
4834
4835 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4836 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4837 @cindex SMI
4838 @cindex stmsmi
4839 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4840 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4841 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4842 SPI flash devices.
4843 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4844 flash devices can be connected.
4845
4846 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4847 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4848 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4849 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4850 the flash content.
4851
4852 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4853 to identify the memory bank.
4854 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4855 flash size, are detected automatically.
4856
4857 @example
4858 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4859 @end example
4860
4861 @end deffn
4862
4863 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4864
4865 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4866 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4867 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4868 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4869 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4870 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4871
4872 @example
4873 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4874 @end example
4875 @end deffn
4876
4877 @anchor{at91sam3}
4878 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4879 @cindex at91sam3
4880 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4881 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4882 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4883 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4884 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4885 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4886 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4887 chips are confirmed.}
4888
4889 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4890 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4891 the following fixed locations:
4892
4893 @example
4894 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4895 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4896 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4897 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4898 @end example
4899
4900 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4901 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4902 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4903
4904 @itemize
4905 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4906 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4907 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4908 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4909 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4910 @end itemize
4911
4912 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4913
4914 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4915 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4916 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4917 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4918 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4919 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4920 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4921
4922 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4923 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4924 @end deffn
4925
4926 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4927 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4928 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4929 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4930 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4931 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4932 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4933 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4934 @end deffn
4935
4936 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4937 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4938 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4939 @end deffn
4940 @end deffn
4941
4942 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4943 @cindex at91sam4
4944 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4945 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4946 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4947 @end deffn
4948
4949 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4950 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4951 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4952 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4953 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4954
4955 @example
4956 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4957 @end example
4958
4959 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4960 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4961
4962 @itemize
4963 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4964 @item @var{banks}
4965 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4966 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4967 @item @var{pages_size}
4968 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4969 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4970 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4971 @end itemize
4972
4973 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4974 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4975 will be autoconfigured.
4976 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4977
4978 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4979 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4980 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4981 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4982 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4983
4984 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4985 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4986 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4987 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4988 are not truly general purpose).
4989 @quotation Note
4990 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4991 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4992 @end quotation
4993 @end deffn
4994 @end deffn
4995
4996 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4997 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4998 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4999 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5000 @end deffn
5001
5002 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5003 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5004 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5005 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5006 autoconfigures itself.
5007 @example
5008 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5009 @end example
5010 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5011 supported.}
5012 @end deffn
5013
5014 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5015 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
5016 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5017
5018 @quotation Note
5019 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5020 driver:
5021 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5022 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5023 @end quotation
5024
5025 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5026 which must appear in the following order:
5027
5028 @itemize
5029 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5030 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5031 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5032 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5033 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5034 at which the core is running
5035 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5036 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5037 @quotation Note
5038 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5039 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5040 However, if you do provide it,
5041 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5042 @end quotation
5043 @end itemize
5044
5045 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5046
5047 @example
5048 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5049 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5050 @end example
5051
5052 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5053 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5054 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5055 @end deffn
5056 @end deffn
5057
5058 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5059 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5060 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5061 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5062 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5063 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5064
5065 @example
5066 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5067 @end example
5068 @end deffn
5069
5070 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5071 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5072 from NXP.
5073
5074 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5075 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5076 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5077 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5078 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5079 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5080 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5081 you start the PLL.
5082
5083 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5084
5085 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5086 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5087 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5088
5089 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5090 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5091 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5092 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5093 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5094 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5095 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5096
5097 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5098 @example
5099 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5100 @end example
5101
5102 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5103 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5104 @code{flash banks} command.
5105
5106 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5107 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5108 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5109 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5110 a known signature.
5111 Example:
5112 @example
5113 lpc2900 signature 0
5114 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5115 @end example
5116 @end deffn
5117
5118 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5119 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5120 saves it to a file in binary format.
5121 Example:
5122 @example
5123 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5124 @end example
5125 @end deffn
5126
5127 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5128 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5129 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5130 command:
5131
5132 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5133 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5134 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5135 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5136
5137 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5138 Example:
5139 @example
5140 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5141 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5142 @end example
5143 @end deffn
5144
5145 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5146 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5147 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5148 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5149 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5150 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5151 912 bytes.
5152 @quotation Attention
5153 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5154 @end quotation
5155 Example:
5156 @example
5157 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5158 @end example
5159 @end deffn
5160
5161 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5162 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5163 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5164 after the next power cycle.
5165 @quotation Attention
5166 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5167 @end quotation
5168 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5169 Example:
5170 @example
5171 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5172 flash info 0
5173 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5174 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5175 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5176 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5177 @end example
5178 @end deffn
5179
5180 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5181 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5182 effective after the next power cycle.
5183 @quotation Attention
5184 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5185 @end quotation
5186 Examples:
5187 @example
5188 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5189 @end example
5190 @end deffn
5191 @end deffn
5192
5193 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5194 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5195
5196 @example
5197 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5198 @end example
5199 @end deffn
5200
5201 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5202 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5203 and integrate flash memory.
5204
5205 @example
5206 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5207 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5208 @end example
5209
5210 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5211 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5212 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5213 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5214 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5215 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5216 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5217 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5218 @end deffn
5219 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5220 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5221 This will remove any Code Protection.
5222 @end deffn
5223 @end deffn
5224
5225 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5226 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5227 Texas Instruments
5228 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5229 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5230 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5231 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5232 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5233 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5234
5235 @example
5236 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5237 @end example
5238
5239 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5240 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5241 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5242 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5243 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5244 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5245
5246 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5247 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5248 @quotation Warning
5249 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5250 applied to all of them.
5251 @end quotation
5252 @end deffn
5253 @end deffn
5254
5255 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5256 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5257 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5258 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5259 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5260
5261 @example
5262 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5263 @end example
5264
5265 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5266 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5267 the flash driver.
5268
5269 @example
5270 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5271 @end example
5272
5273 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5274 as per the following example.
5275 @example
5276 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5277 @end example
5278
5279 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5280 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5281 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5282 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5283 are defined:
5284
5285 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5286 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5287 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5288 @end deffn
5289
5290 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5291 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5292 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5293 @end deffn
5294
5295 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5296 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5297 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5298 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5302 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5303 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5304 @end deffn
5305 @end deffn
5306
5307 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5308 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5309 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5310 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5311 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5312
5313 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5314 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5315 the flash driver.
5316
5317 @example
5318 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5319 @end example
5320
5321 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5322
5323 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5324 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5325 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5326 @end deffn
5327
5328 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5329 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5330 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5331 @end deffn
5332 @end deffn
5333
5334 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5335 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5336 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5337 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5338 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5339
5340 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5341 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5342 the flash driver.
5343
5344 @example
5345 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5346 @end example
5347 @end deffn
5348
5349 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5350 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5351 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5352 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5353 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5354
5355 @example
5356 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5357 @end example
5358
5359 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5360 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5361 for the specified flash bank.
5362 @end deffn
5363 @end deffn
5364
5365 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5366 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5367 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5368 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5369 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5370
5371 @example
5372 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5373 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5374 @end example
5375
5376 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5377 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5378 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5379
5380 @itemize @bullet
5381 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5382 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5383 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5384 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5385 @end itemize
5386 @end deffn
5387
5388 @end deffn
5389
5390 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5391 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5392 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5393 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5394
5395 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5396
5397 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5398 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5399 @end deffn
5400
5401 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5402 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5403 @end deffn
5404
5405 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5406 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5407 the flash clock.
5408 @end deffn
5409 @end deffn
5410
5411 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5412 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5413 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5414
5415 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5416
5417 @itemize
5418 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5419 @end itemize
5420
5421 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5422 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5423 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5424 @example
5425 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5426 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5427 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5428 @end example
5429 @end deffn
5430
5431 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5432 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5433 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5434 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5435 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5436 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5437 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5438
5439 @example
5440 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5441 @end example
5442 @end deffn
5443
5444 @subsection str9xpec driver
5445 @cindex str9xpec
5446
5447 Here is some background info to help
5448 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5449 the str9:
5450 @enumerate
5451 @item
5452 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5453 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5454 @item
5455 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5456 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5457 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5458 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5459 @end enumerate
5460
5461 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5462 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5463 configured for flash bank 0.
5464 @example
5465 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5466 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5467 jtag_reset 0 1
5468 # turn off target polling
5469 poll off
5470 # disable str9 core
5471 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5472 # read option bytes
5473 str9xpec options_read 0
5474 # re-enable str9 core
5475 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5476 poll on
5477 reset halt
5478 @end example
5479 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5480 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5481 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5482 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5483
5484 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5485 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5486 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5487 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5488 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5489
5490 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5491
5492 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5493 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5494 @end deffn
5495
5496 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5497 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5498 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5499 @end deffn
5500
5501 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5502 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5503 erase the device.
5504 @end deffn
5505
5506 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5507 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5508 @end deffn
5509
5510 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5511 Configure str9 boot bank.
5512 @end deffn
5513
5514 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5515 Configure str9 lvd source.
5516 @end deffn
5517
5518 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5519 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5520 @end deffn
5521
5522 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5523 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5524 @end deffn
5525
5526 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5527 Read str9 option bytes.
5528 @end deffn
5529
5530 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5531 Write str9 option bytes.
5532 @end deffn
5533
5534 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5535 unlock str9 device.
5536 @end deffn
5537
5538 @end deffn
5539
5540
5541 @section mFlash
5542
5543 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5544 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5545
5546 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5547 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5548 address @var{base}.
5549 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5550 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5551
5552 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5553
5554 @example
5555 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5556 @end example
5557
5558 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5559
5560 @example
5561 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5562 @end example
5563 @end deffn
5564
5565 @subsection mFlash commands
5566 @cindex mFlash commands
5567
5568 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5569 Configure mflash PLL.
5570 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5571 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5572 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5573 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5574 @end deffn
5575
5576 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5577 Configure bootable option.
5578 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5579 (4kB) for boot.
5580 @end deffn
5581
5582 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5583 Configure storage information.
5584 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5585 written.
5586 @end deffn
5587
5588 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5589 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5590 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5591 @end deffn
5592
5593 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5594 Probe mflash.
5595 @end deffn
5596
5597 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5598 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5599 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5600 @end deffn
5601
5602 @node Flash Programming
5603 @chapter Flash Programming
5604
5605 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5606 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5607 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5608
5609 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5610 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5611
5612 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5613 @enumerate
5614 @item 'init' is executed.
5615 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5616 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5617 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5618 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5619 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5620 @end enumerate
5621
5622 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5623
5624 @example
5625 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5626 # are optional parameters
5627 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5628 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5629
5630 # binary files need the flash address passing
5631 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5632 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5633 @end example
5634
5635 @node NAND Flash Commands
5636 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5637 @cindex NAND
5638
5639 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5640 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5641 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5642
5643 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5644 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5645 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5646 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5647 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5648 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5649
5650 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5651 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5652 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5653 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5654 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5655 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5656 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5657 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5658 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5659 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5660
5661 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5662 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5663 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5664 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5665 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5666 every 512 bytes of data.
5667
5668 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5669 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5670 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5671 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5672 ECC mode is used.
5673
5674 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5675 @enumerate
5676 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5677 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5678 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5679 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5680 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5681 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5682 to access that device.
5683 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5684 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5685 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5686 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5687 de-brick a board.
5688 @end enumerate
5689
5690 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5691 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5692 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5693 are only 32 bits wide.
5694 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5695 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5696 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5697 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5698
5699 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5700 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5701 @cindex NAND configuration
5702
5703 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5704 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5705 OpenOCD has initialized.
5706
5707 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5708 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5709 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5710 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5711 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5712 they were a single (larger) device.
5713 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5714 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5715
5716 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5717 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5718 configuration files, not interactively.
5719
5720 @itemize @bullet
5721 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5722 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5723 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5724 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5725 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5726 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5727 commands to the NAND controller.
5728 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5729 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5730 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5731 for more information.
5732 @end itemize
5733 @end deffn
5734
5735 @deffn Command {nand list}
5736 Prints a summary of each device declared
5737 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5738 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5739 @example
5740 > nand list
5741 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5742 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5743 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5744 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5745 >
5746 @end example
5747 @end deffn
5748
5749 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5750 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5751 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5752 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5753 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5754 it with most other NAND commands.
5755 @end deffn
5756
5757 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5758
5759 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5760 @cindex NAND reading
5761 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5762 starting at the specified offset.
5763 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5764
5765 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5766 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5767
5768 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5769 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5770 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5771
5772 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5773 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5774 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5775 method which handled that error correction.
5776
5777 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5778 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5779 @itemize @bullet
5780 @item no oob_* parameter
5781 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5782 @item @code{oob_raw}
5783 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5784 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5785 spare areas associated with each data page.
5786 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5787 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5788 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5789 @item @code{oob_only}
5790 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5791 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5792 spare areas associated with each data page.
5793 @end itemize
5794 @end deffn
5795
5796 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5797 @cindex NAND erasing
5798 @cindex NAND programming
5799 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5800 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5801 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5802 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5803 If those parameters are not specified,
5804 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5805 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5806
5807 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5808 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5809 block marker.
5810 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5811 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5812 @end deffn
5813
5814 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5815 @cindex NAND writing
5816 @cindex NAND programming
5817 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5818 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5819 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5820 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5821
5822 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5823 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5824
5825 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5826 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5827 past the end of the device.
5828 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5829 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5830 if that's being written.)
5831
5832 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5833 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5834 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5835
5836 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5837 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5838 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5839 @itemize @bullet
5840 @item no oob_* parameter
5841 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5842 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5843 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5844 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5845 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5846 @item @code{oob_only}
5847 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5848 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5849 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5850 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5851 @item @code{oob_raw}
5852 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5853 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5854 un-altered OOB.
5855 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5856 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5857 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5858 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5859 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5860 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5861 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5862 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5863 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5864 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5865 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5866 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5867 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5868 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5869 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5870 @end itemize
5871 @end deffn
5872
5873 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5874 @cindex NAND verification
5875 @cindex NAND programming
5876 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5877 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5878 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5879
5880 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5881 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5882
5883 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5884 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5885 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5886 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5887 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5888
5889 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5890 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5891 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5892
5893 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5894 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5895 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5896 be removed in a future release.
5897 @end deffn
5898
5899 @section Other NAND commands
5900 @cindex NAND other commands
5901
5902 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5903 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5904 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5905 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5906 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5907 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5908 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5909 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5910
5911 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5912 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5913 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5914 @end deffn
5915
5916 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5917 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5918 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5919 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5920 status for each block.
5921 @end deffn
5922
5923 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5924 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5925 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5926
5927 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5928 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5929 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5930 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5931 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5932
5933 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5934 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5935 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5936 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5937 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5938 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5939 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5940 @end deffn
5941
5942 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
5943 @section NAND Driver List
5944 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5945 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5946 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5947
5948 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5949 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5950 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5951 address of the ECC controller.
5952 @example
5953 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5954 @end example
5955 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5956 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5957 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5958 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5959 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5960 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5961 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5962 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5963 @end deffn
5964 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5965 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5966 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5967 @end deffn
5968
5969 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5970 properly configured for input or output.
5971 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5972 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5973 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5974 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5975 @end deffn
5976 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5977 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5978 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5979 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5980 @end deffn
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5984 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5985 chips from Texas Instruments.
5986 It takes three extra parameters:
5987 address of the NAND chip;
5988 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5989 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5990 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5991 @example
5992 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5993 @end example
5994 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5995 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5996 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5997 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5998 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6002 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6003 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6004 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6005 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6006 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6007 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6008 @end deffn
6009
6010 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6011 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6012 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6013 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6014 @end deffn
6015 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6016
6017 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6018 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6019 should work for this chip aswell.
6020 @end deffn
6021
6022 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6023 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6024 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6025 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6026 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6027 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6028 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6029 @example
6030 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6031 @end example
6032 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6033 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6034 without parameter query status.
6035 @end deffn
6036 @end deffn
6037
6038 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6039 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6040 parameter: the address of the controller.
6041 @example
6042 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6043 @end example
6044 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6045 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6046 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6047 change any behavior.
6048 @end deffn
6049
6050 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6051 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6052 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6053 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6054 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6055 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6056 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6057 specialized commands.
6058 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6059 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6060 change any behavior.
6061 @end deffn
6062
6063 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6064 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6065 @cindex PLD
6066 @cindex FPGA
6067
6068 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6069 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6070 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6071 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6072 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6073 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6074 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6075
6076 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6077
6078 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6079 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6080 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6081
6082 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6083 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6084
6085 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6086 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6087 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6088 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6089 behavior.
6090 @end deffn
6091
6092 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6093 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6094 @end deffn
6095
6096 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6097 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6098 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6099 @end deffn
6100
6101 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6102
6103 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6104 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6105 that particular type of PLD.
6106
6107 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6108 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6109 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6110 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6111 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6112
6113 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6114 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6115 for FPGA @var{num}.
6116 @end deffn
6117 @end deffn
6118
6119 @node General Commands
6120 @chapter General Commands
6121 @cindex commands
6122
6123 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6124 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6125 commands are documented elsewhere.
6126
6127 Intent:
6128 @itemize @bullet
6129 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6130 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6131 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6132 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6133
6134 @item @b{From the human}
6135 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6136 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6137
6138 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6139 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6140 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6141
6142 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6143 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6144 port is 5555.
6145 @end itemize
6146
6147
6148 @section Daemon Commands
6149
6150 @deffn {Command} exit
6151 Exits the current telnet session.
6152 @end deffn
6153
6154 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6155 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6156 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6157 Not every command provides helptext.
6158
6159 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6160 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6161 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6162 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6163 @end deffn
6164
6165 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6166 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6167 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6168 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6169 Useful in connection with script files
6170 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6171 @end deffn
6172
6173 @deffn Command shutdown
6174 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6175 @end deffn
6176
6177 @anchor{debuglevel}
6178 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6179 @cindex message level
6180 Display debug level.
6181 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6182 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6183 Level 0 is error messages only;
6184 level 1 adds warnings;
6185 level 2 adds informational messages;
6186 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6187 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6188 the command line along with the location of that log
6189 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6190 @xref{Running}.
6191 @end deffn
6192
6193 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6194 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6195 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6196 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6197 @example
6198 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6199 @end example
6200 @end deffn
6201
6202 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6203 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6204 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6205 @end deffn
6206
6207 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6208 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6209 @end deffn
6210
6211 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6212 @section Target State handling
6213 @cindex reset
6214 @cindex halt
6215 @cindex target initialization
6216
6217 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6218 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6219 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6220 a current target which is used to perform the
6221 various operations. The current target may be changed
6222 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6223 target which should become current.
6224
6225 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6226 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6227 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6228 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6229 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6230
6231 @emph{With no arguments}:
6232 list all available registers for the current target,
6233 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6234 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6235 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6236 are flagged as such.
6237
6238 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6239
6240 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6241 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6242 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6243 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6244 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6245 relevant module will flush such values.
6246
6247 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6248 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6249
6250 @example
6251 > reg
6252 ===== ARM registers
6253 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6254 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6255 (2) r2 (/32)
6256 ...
6257 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6258 >
6259 @end example
6260 @end deffn
6261
6262 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6263 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6264 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6265 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6266 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6267 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6268 (and enter debug mode).
6269 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6270
6271 @quotation Warning
6272 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6273 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6274 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6275 power mode by gating the core clock;
6276 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6277
6278 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6279 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6280 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6281 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6282 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6283 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6284
6285 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6286 work with a JTAG debugger.
6287 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6288 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6289 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6290 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6291 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6292 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6293 @end quotation
6294
6295 @end deffn
6296
6297 @deffn Command resume [address]
6298 Resume the target at its current code position,
6299 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6300 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6301 @end deffn
6302
6303 @deffn Command step [address]
6304 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6305 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6306 @end deffn
6307
6308 @anchor{resetcommand}
6309 @deffn Command reset
6310 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6311 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6312 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6313 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6314 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6315 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6316
6317 The optional parameter specifies what should
6318 happen after the reset.
6319 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6320 The other options will not work on all systems.
6321 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6322
6323 @itemize @minus
6324 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6325 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6326 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6327 @end itemize
6328 @end deffn
6329
6330 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6331 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6332 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6333 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6334 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6335 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6336 state.
6337 @end deffn
6338
6339 @section I/O Utilities
6340
6341 These commands are available when
6342 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6343 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6344 notably the ZY1000.
6345 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6346
6347 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6348
6349 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6350 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6351 the text file @file{filename}.
6352 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6353 The last string is followed by a newline.
6354 @end deffn
6355
6356 @deffn Command cat filename
6357 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6358 @end deffn
6359
6360 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6361 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6362 into @file{dest_filename}.
6363 @end deffn
6364
6365 @deffn Command ip
6366 @emph{No description provided.}
6367 @end deffn
6368
6369 @deffn Command ls
6370 @emph{No description provided.}
6371 @end deffn
6372
6373 @deffn Command mac
6374 @emph{No description provided.}
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 @deffn Command meminfo
6378 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6379 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @deffn Command peek
6383 @emph{No description provided.}
6384 @end deffn
6385
6386 @deffn Command poke
6387 @emph{No description provided.}
6388 @end deffn
6389
6390 @deffn Command rm filename
6391 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6392 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6393 @end deffn
6394
6395 @deffn Command trunc filename
6396 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6397 @end deffn
6398
6399 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6400 @section Memory access commands
6401 @cindex memory access
6402
6403 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6404 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6405 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6406 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6407
6408 @enumerate
6409 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6410 to change the current target.
6411 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6412 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6413 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6414 @end enumerate
6415
6416 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6417 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6418 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6419 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6420 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6421 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6422 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6423 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6424 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6425 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6426 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6427 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6428 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6429 @end deffn
6430
6431 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6432 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6433 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6434 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6435 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6436 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6437 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6438 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6439 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6440 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6441 @end deffn
6442
6443 @anchor{imageaccess}
6444 @section Image loading commands
6445 @cindex image loading
6446 @cindex image dumping
6447
6448 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6449 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6450 binary file named @var{filename}.
6451 @end deffn
6452
6453 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6454 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6455 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6456 @end deffn
6457
6458 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6459 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6460 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6461 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6462 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6463 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6464 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6465 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6466 separately.
6467 @end deffn
6468
6469 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6470 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6471 The file format may optionally be specified
6472 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6473 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6474 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6475 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6476 @example
6477 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6478 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6479 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6480 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6481 @}
6482 @end example
6483 @end deffn
6484
6485 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6486 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6487 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6488 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6489 The file format may optionally be specified
6490 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6494 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6495 The file format may optionally be specified
6496 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6497 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6498 @end deffn
6499
6500
6501 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6502 @cindex breakpoint
6503 @cindex watchpoint
6504
6505 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6506 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6507 watchpoints.
6508 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6509
6510 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6511 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6512 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6513 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6514 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6515 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6516
6517 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6518 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6519 @end deffn
6520
6521 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6522 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6523 @end deffn
6524
6525 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6526 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6527 @end deffn
6528
6529 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6530 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6531 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6532 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6533 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6534 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6535 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6536 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6537 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6538 @end deffn
6539
6540 @section Misc Commands
6541
6542 @cindex profiling
6543 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6544 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6545 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6546 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6547 @end deffn
6548
6549 @deffn Command {version}
6550 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6551 @end deffn
6552
6553 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6554 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6555 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6556 @end deffn
6557
6558 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6559 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6560 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6561 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6562
6563 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6564 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6565 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6566 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6567
6568 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6569 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6570 @cindex tracing
6571 @cindex ETM
6572 @cindex ETB
6573
6574 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6575 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6576 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6577
6578 @itemize
6579 @item
6580 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6581 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6582 supports such an interface.
6583 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6584 and trace port support.)
6585 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6586 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6587 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6588 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6589 in the board-specific configuration file.
6590 @item
6591 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6592 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6593 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6594 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6595 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6596 @end itemize
6597
6598 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6599
6600 @quotation Issues
6601 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6602 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6603
6604 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6605 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6606 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6607 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6608 dummy trace port driver}.
6609
6610 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6611 as well as tracing only during specific states
6612 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6613
6614 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6615 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6616 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6617 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6618 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6619
6620 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6621 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6622 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6623 this original style of JTAG access.
6624 @end quotation
6625
6626 @subsection ETM Configuration
6627 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6628
6629 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6630 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6631 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6632
6633 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6634 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6635 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6636 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6637 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6638 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6639 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6640 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6641 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6642
6643 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6644 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6645 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6646
6647 @quotation Warning
6648 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6649 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6650 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6651 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6652 @end quotation
6653
6654 @quotation Note
6655 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6656 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6657 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6658 what CPU activities are traced.
6659 @end quotation
6660 @end deffn
6661
6662 @deffn Command {etm info}
6663 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6664 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6665 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6666 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6667 @end deffn
6668
6669 @deffn Command {etm status}
6670 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6671 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6672 Did trace data overflow?
6673 Was it triggered?
6674 @end deffn
6675
6676 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6677 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6678 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6679 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6680 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6681
6682 @itemize
6683 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6684 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6685 The value is one of
6686 @option{none} (save nothing),
6687 @option{data} (save data),
6688 @option{address} (save addresses),
6689 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6690 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6691 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6692 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6693 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6694 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6695 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6696 trace stream without an image of the code.
6697 @end itemize
6698 @end deffn
6699
6700 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6701 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6702 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6703 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6704 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6705
6706 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6707 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6708 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6709 @end deffn
6710
6711 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6712
6713 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6714 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6715 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6716
6717 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6718 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6719 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6720 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6721 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6722 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6723 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6724
6725 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6726
6727 @itemize
6728 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6729 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6730 for instruction access within that function's body.
6731 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6732 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6733 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6734 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6735 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6736 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6737 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6738 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6739 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6740 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6741 @item @emph{... more}
6742 @end itemize
6743
6744 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6745 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6746
6747 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6748 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6749 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6750 @end deffn
6751
6752 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6753 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6754 @end deffn
6755
6756 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6757 Opens an image file.
6758 @end deffn
6759
6760 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6761 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6762 @end deffn
6763
6764 @deffn Command {etm start}
6765 Starts trace data collection.
6766 @end deffn
6767
6768 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6769 Stops trace data collection.
6770 @end deffn
6771
6772 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6773 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6774
6775 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6776
6777 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6778 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6779 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6780 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6781 any trace data collection.}
6782 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6783 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6784 @end deffn
6785 @end deffn
6786
6787 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6788 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6789 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6790 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6791 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6792 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6793 @end deffn
6794 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6795 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6796 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6797 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6798 trace trigger becomes active.
6799
6800 @itemize
6801 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6802 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6803 afterwards.
6804 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6805 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6806 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6807 what caused that event to happen.
6808 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6809 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6810 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6811 how the event caused trouble.
6812 @end itemize
6813 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6814 @end deffn
6815
6816 @end deffn
6817
6818 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6819 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6820 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6821 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6822 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6823
6824 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6825 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6826
6827 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6828 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6829 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6830 @end deffn
6831
6832 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6833 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6834 @end deffn
6835
6836 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6837 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6838 @end deffn
6839 @end deffn
6840
6841
6842 @section Generic ARM
6843 @cindex ARM
6844
6845 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6846 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6847 commands that may be available.
6848
6849 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6850 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6851 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6852 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6853 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6854 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6855 @end deffn
6856
6857 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6858 @cindex disassemble
6859 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6860 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6861 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6862 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6863 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6864 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6865 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6866
6867 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6868 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6869 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6870 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6871 with a handful of exceptions.
6872 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6873 @end deffn
6874
6875 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6876 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6877 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6878 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6879 and using the MCR instruction.
6880 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6881 an ARM register.)
6882 @end deffn
6883
6884 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6885 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6886 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6887 and the MRC instruction.
6888 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6889 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6890 an ARM register.)
6891 @end deffn
6892
6893 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6894 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6895 core mode if necessary.
6896 @end deffn
6897
6898 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6899 @cindex ARM semihosting
6900 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6901
6902 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6903 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6904 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6905 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6906 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6907 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6908 @end deffn
6909
6910 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6911 @cindex ARMv4
6912 @cindex ARMv5
6913
6914 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6915 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6916 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6917 variant.
6918
6919 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6920 @cindex ARM7
6921 @cindex ARM9
6922
6923 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6924 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6925 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6926 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6927
6928 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6929 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6930 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6931 instead of breakpoints.
6932 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6933
6934 This should be
6935 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6936 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6937 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6938 @end deffn
6939
6940 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6941 @cindex DCC
6942 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6943 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6944 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6945
6946 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6947 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6948 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6949 @end deffn
6950
6951 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6952 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6953 that don't check completion of the operation.
6954 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6955
6956 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6957 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6958 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6959 @end deffn
6960
6961 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6962 @cindex ARM720T
6963
6964 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6965 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6966 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6967 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6968
6969 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6970 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6971 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6972
6973 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6974 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6975 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6976 @end deffn
6977
6978 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6979 @cindex ARM9
6980
6981 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6982 integer processors.
6983 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6984
6985 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6986 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6987 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6988 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6989
6990 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
6991 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6992 @cindex vector_catch
6993 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6994 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6995 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6996 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6997 to those hardware vectors.
6998
6999 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7000 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7001 vector catch hardware to intercept
7002 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7003 @option{none} of them,
7004 or a list with one or more of the following:
7005 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7006 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7007 @end deffn
7008
7009 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7010 @cindex ARM920T
7011
7012 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7013 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7014 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7015 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7016 and ARM9 commands.
7017
7018 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7019 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7020 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7021 @end deffn
7022
7023 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7024 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7025 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7026 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7027 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7028 (Not all registers can be written.)
7029 @end deffn
7030
7031 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7032 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7033 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7034
7035 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7036 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7037 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7038 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7039 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7040 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7041 @end deffn
7042
7043 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7044 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7045 @end deffn
7046
7047 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7048 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7049 @end deffn
7050
7051 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7052 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7053
7054 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7055 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7056 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7057 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7058 and ARM9 commands.
7059
7060 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7061 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7062
7063 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7064 Print information about the caches found.
7065 @end deffn
7066
7067 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7068 @cindex ARM966E
7069
7070 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7071 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7072 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7073 and ARM9 commands.
7074
7075 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7076 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7077 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7078 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7079 ARM966E-S TRM.
7080 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7081 as required for BIST support.
7082 @end deffn
7083
7084 @subsection XScale specific commands
7085 @cindex XScale
7086
7087 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7088
7089 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7090 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7091 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7092 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7093 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7094 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7095 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7096
7097 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7098 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7099 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7100 the mini-IC.
7101
7102 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7103 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7104 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7105 code layout in memory:
7106 @example
7107 _vectors:
7108 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7109 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7110 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7111 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7112 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7113 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7114 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7115 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7116 .org 0x100
7117 .long real_reset_vector
7118 .long real_ui_handler
7119 .long real_swi_handler
7120 .long real_pf_abort
7121 .long real_data_abort
7122 .long 0 /* unused */
7123 .long real_irq_handler
7124 .long real_fiq_handler
7125 @end example
7126
7127 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7128 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7129 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7130 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7131 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7132 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7133 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7134 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7135 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7136 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7137 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7138 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7139 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7140 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7141 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7142 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7143 software.
7144
7145 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7146 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7147 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7148 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7149
7150 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7151 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7152 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7153 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7154 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7155 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7156 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7157 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7158 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7159
7160 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7161 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7162
7163 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7164 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7165 @end deffn
7166
7167 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7168 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7169 @end deffn
7170
7171 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7172 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7173 @end deffn
7174
7175 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7176 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7177 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7178 @end deffn
7179
7180 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7181 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7182 @end deffn
7183
7184 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7185 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7186 @end deffn
7187
7188 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7189 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7190 @end deffn
7191
7192 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7193 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7194 @end deffn
7195
7196 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7197 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7198 @end deffn
7199
7200 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7201 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7202 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7203 and modifying how it is emptied.
7204 @end deffn
7205
7206 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7207 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7208 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7209 The image @var{type} may be one of
7210 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7211 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7212 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7213 @end deffn
7214
7215 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7216 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7217 @cindex vector_catch
7218 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7219 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7220
7221 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7222 @example
7223 0x01 Trap Reset
7224 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7225 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7226 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7227 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7228 0x20 reserved
7229 0x40 Trap IRQ
7230 0x80 Trap FIQ
7231 @end example
7232 @end deffn
7233
7234 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7235 @cindex vector_table
7236
7237 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7238 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7239 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7240 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7241 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7242
7243 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7244
7245 @end deffn
7246
7247 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7248 @cindex ARMv6
7249
7250 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7251 @cindex ARM11
7252
7253 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7254 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7255 which is enabled by default.
7256 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7257 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7258 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7259 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7260 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7261 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7262 @end deffn
7263
7264 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7265 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7266 which is enabled by default.
7267 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7268 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7269 @end deffn
7270
7271 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7272 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7273 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7274 they are disabled by default.
7275 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7276 @end deffn
7277
7278 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7279 @cindex vector_catch
7280 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7281 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7282 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7283
7284 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7285 for certain hardware events.
7286 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7287 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7288 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7289 @end deffn
7290
7291 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7292 @cindex ARMv7
7293
7294 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7295 @cindex Debug Access Port
7296 @cindex DAP
7297 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7298 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
7299 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7300
7301 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7302 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7303 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7304 @end deffn
7305
7306 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7307 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7308 @end deffn
7309
7310 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7311 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7312 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7313 @end deffn
7314
7315 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7316 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7317 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7318 @end deffn
7319
7320 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7321 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7322 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7323 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7324 @end deffn
7325
7326 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
7327 @cindex Cortex-M3
7328
7329 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7330 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7331
7332 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7333 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7334 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7335 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7336 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7337 the step command leaves with the core running.
7338
7339 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7340 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7341 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7342
7343 Default is @option{auto}.
7344 @end deffn
7345
7346 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7347 @cindex vector_catch
7348 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7349 for certain hardware events.
7350
7351 Parameters request interception of
7352 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7353 @option{none} of them,
7354 or one or more of the following:
7355 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7356 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7357 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7358 @option{irq_err},
7359 @option{state_err},
7360 @option{chk_err}, or
7361 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7362 @option{reset}.
7363 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7364 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7365 are mapped to HardFault.
7366 UsageFault checks for
7367 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7368 must also be explicitly enabled.
7369
7370 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7371 @end deffn
7372
7373 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7374 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7375 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7376 @itemize @minus
7377 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7378 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7379 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7380 @end itemize
7381 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
7382 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7383 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7384 the peripherals.
7385 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7386 @end deffn
7387
7388 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7389 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7390 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7391 @cindex tracing
7392 @cindex libdcc
7393 @cindex DCC
7394 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7395 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7396 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7397 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7398
7399 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7400 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
7401 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7402 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7403 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7404 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7405
7406 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7407 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7408 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7409 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7410 The target being debugged may
7411 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7412 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7413 each supported by a command:
7414
7415 @itemize
7416 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7417 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7418 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7419 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7420
7421 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7422 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7423 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7424
7425 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7426 and then displayed at any time.
7427 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7428
7429 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7430 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7431 @end itemize
7432
7433 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7434 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7435 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7436 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7437 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7438 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7439 does the same thing.
7440
7441 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7442 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7443 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7444 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7445 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7446
7447 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7448 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7449 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7450 @end deffn
7451
7452 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7453 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7454 in the order they triggered.
7455 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7456 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7457 history records.
7458 @end deffn
7459
7460 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7461 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7462 they have been triggered.
7463 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7464 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7465 and associates it with that identifier.
7466
7467 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7468 are not related except by this command.
7469 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7470 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7471 @end deffn
7472
7473
7474 @node JTAG Commands
7475 @chapter JTAG Commands
7476 @cindex JTAG Commands
7477 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7478 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7479 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7480 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7481 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7482
7483 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7484 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7485
7486 @itemize @bullet
7487 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7488 devices such as a CPUs.
7489 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7490 standard state machine (in parallel)
7491 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7492 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7493 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7494 while the reading previous ones.
7495 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7496 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7497 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7498 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7499 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7500 registers.
7501 @end itemize
7502
7503 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7504
7505 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7506 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7507 the order of TAP state transitions.
7508 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7509 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7510 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7511 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7512 these commands are not available.
7513
7514 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7515 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7516 that specify the entire register.
7517 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7518 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7519 The return value holds the original value of each
7520 of those fields.
7521
7522 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7523 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7524 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7525 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7526 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7527
7528 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7529 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7530
7531 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7532 in that state.
7533 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7534 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7535 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7536
7537 @quotation Warning
7538 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7539 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7540 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7541 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7542 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7543 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7544 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7545 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7546 @end quotation
7547 @end deffn
7548
7549 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7550 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7551 This may be used for performance tuning.
7552
7553 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7554 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7555 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7556 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7557 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7558 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7559 @end deffn
7560
7561 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7562 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7563 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7564 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7565 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7566 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7567
7568 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7569 in that state.
7570 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7571 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7572 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7573
7574 @quotation Note
7575 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7576 register values, unlike data register values.
7577 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7578 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7579 @end quotation
7580 @end deffn
7581
7582 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7583 Set values of reset signals.
7584 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7585 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7586 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7587 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7588 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7589 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7590 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7591
7592 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7593 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7594 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7595 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7596 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7597 instead of the TRST signal.
7598 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7599 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7600 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7601 with handlers for that event.
7602 @end deffn
7603
7604 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7605 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7606 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7607 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7608 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7609 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7610 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7611 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7612 The final state must also be stable.
7613 @end deffn
7614
7615 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7616 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7617 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7618 Instructions often need some time
7619 to execute before they take effect.
7620 @end deffn
7621
7622 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7623 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7624
7625 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7626 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7627 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7628 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7629 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7630 @end deffn
7631
7632 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7633 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7634 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7635 must also be enabled.
7636 Default is enabled.
7637 @end deffn
7638
7639 @section TAP state names
7640 @cindex TAP state names
7641
7642 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7643 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7644 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7645 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7646
7647 @itemize @bullet
7648 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7649 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7650 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7651 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7652 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7653 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7654 through the data register
7655 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7656 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7657 for update or more shifting
7658 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7659 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7660 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7661 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7662 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7663 through the instruction register
7664 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7665 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7666 for update or more shifting
7667 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7668 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7669 @end itemize
7670
7671 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7672 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7673 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7674 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7675
7676 @itemize @bullet
7677 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7678 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7679 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7680 may not be as expected.
7681 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7682 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7683 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7684 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7685 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7686 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7687 @end itemize
7688
7689 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7690 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7691
7692 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7693 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7694 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7695 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7696
7697 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7698 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7699 @cindex SVF
7700
7701 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7702 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7703 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7704 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7705
7706 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7707 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7708 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7709 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7710 each command is logged before it is executed.
7711 @end deffn
7712
7713 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7714 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7715 @cindex XSVF
7716
7717 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7718 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7719 Xilinx devices.
7720 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7721 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7722
7723 @quotation Important
7724 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7725 @end quotation
7726
7727 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7728 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7729 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7730 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7731 that TAP.
7732 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7733 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7734 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7735 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7736 @end deffn
7737
7738 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7739 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7740 after building the software.
7741 You may find them useful:
7742
7743 @itemize
7744 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7745 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7746 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7747 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7748 @end itemize
7749
7750 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7751 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7752 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7753 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7754 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7755 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7756 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7757
7758
7759 @node TFTP
7760 @chapter TFTP
7761 @cindex TFTP
7762 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7763 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7764
7765 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7766 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7767 server (tftpd). For example,
7768
7769 @example
7770 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7771 @end example
7772
7773 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7774 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7775
7776 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7777 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7778 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7779 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7780
7781 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7782 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7783 @cindex GDB
7784 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7785 to debug remote targets.
7786 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7787
7788 @itemize
7789 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7790 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
7791 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7792 as shown in this chapter.
7793 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7794 that also will probably need to be configured.
7795 @end itemize
7796
7797 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7798 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7799 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7800 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7801 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7802 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7803
7804 @section Connecting to GDB
7805 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7806 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7807 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7808 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7809 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7810
7811 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7812
7813 @enumerate
7814 @item
7815 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7816 @example
7817 target remote localhost:3333
7818 @end example
7819 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7820
7821 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
7822 @example
7823 target extended-remote localhost:3333
7824 @end example
7825 @item
7826 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7827 @example
7828 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7829 @end example
7830 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7831 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7832 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7833 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7834 @end enumerate
7835
7836 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7837 GDB command line.
7838
7839 @section Sample GDB session startup
7840
7841 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7842 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7843 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7844 small ARM program.
7845 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7846 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7847
7848 @example
7849 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7850 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7851 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7852 ...
7853 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7854 ...
7855 (gdb) load
7856 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7857 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7858 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7859 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7860 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7861 (gdb) continue
7862 Continuing.
7863 ...
7864 @end example
7865
7866 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7867 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7868 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7869 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7870
7871 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7872
7873 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7874 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7875 packet size and the device's memory map.
7876 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7877 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7878 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7879
7880 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7881 You may need to set those up by hand.
7882 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7883 something like:
7884
7885 @example
7886 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7887 @end example
7888
7889 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7890
7891 @example
7892 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7893 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7894 @end example
7895
7896 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7897 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7898 do not have such restrictions.
7899
7900 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7901 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7902 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7903
7904 @example
7905 define hook-step
7906 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7907 end
7908 define hookpost-step
7909 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7910 end
7911 @end example
7912
7913 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7914 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7915 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7916 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7917
7918 @section Programming using GDB
7919 @cindex Programming using GDB
7920 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
7921
7922 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7923 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7924 @example
7925 gdb_memory_map disable
7926 @end example
7927 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7928 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7929 working area.
7930
7931 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7932 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7933 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7934 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7935
7936 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7937 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7938
7939 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7940 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7941 @example
7942 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7943 @end example
7944
7945 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7946 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7947
7948 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7949 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7950 will be used.
7951
7952 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7953 script can be executed:
7954 @example
7955 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7956 @end example
7957
7958 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7959 can be used.
7960 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
7961 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
7962 @cindex SMP
7963 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7964 @itemize @bullet
7965 @item j - smp status request
7966 @item J - smp set request
7967 @end itemize
7968
7969 OpenOCD implements :
7970 @itemize @bullet
7971 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7972 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7973 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7974 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7975 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7976 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7977 @end itemize
7978
7979 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7980 @itemize @bullet
7981 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7982 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7983 @example
7984 set $_core 1
7985 #Jc01 packet is sent
7986 print $_core
7987 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7988 @end example
7989
7990 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
7991 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7992
7993 @example
7994 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7995 define toggle0
7996 maint packet Jc0
7997 continue
7998 main packet Jc-1
7999 end
8000 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8001 define toggle1
8002 maint packet Jc1
8003 continue
8004 main packet Jc-1
8005 end
8006 @end example
8007 @end itemize
8008
8009
8010 @node Tcl Scripting API
8011 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8012 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8013 @cindex Tcl scripts
8014 @section API rules
8015
8016 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8017 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8018 information as an argument to each proc.
8019
8020 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8021 pair list and lists.
8022
8023 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8024 list.
8025
8026 @verbatim
8027
8028 > set foo(me) Duane
8029 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8030 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8031 > set foo(duck) Donald
8032
8033 If one does this:
8034
8035 > set foo
8036
8037 The result is:
8038
8039 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8040
8041 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8042
8043 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8044 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8045 }
8046 @end verbatim
8047
8048 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8049 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8050
8051 @section Internal low-level Commands
8052
8053 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8054
8055 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8056 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8057 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8058
8059 @itemize @bullet
8060 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8061
8062 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8063 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8064
8065 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8066 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8067
8068 Return information about the flash banks
8069 @end itemize
8070
8071 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8072 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8073 called "flash_banks".
8074
8075 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8076
8077 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8078 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8079 holds one of the following values:
8080
8081 @itemize @bullet
8082 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8083 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8084 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8085 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8086 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8087 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8088 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8089 @end itemize
8090
8091 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8092
8093 @quotation Note
8094 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8095 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8096 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8097 is jim, not real tcl).
8098 @end quotation
8099
8100 @node FAQ
8101 @chapter FAQ
8102 @cindex faq
8103 @enumerate
8104 @anchor{faqrtck}
8105 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8106 @cindex RTCK
8107 @cindex adaptive clocking
8108 @*
8109
8110 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8111 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8112 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8113 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8114
8115 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8116 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8117 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8118 @enumerate
8119 @item
8120 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8121 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8122 @item
8123 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8124 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8125 @end enumerate
8126
8127 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8128 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8129 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8130 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8131 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8132 power).
8133
8134 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8135 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8136 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8137 ARM926 scenario).
8138 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8139 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8140 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8141
8142 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8143 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8144 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8145 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8146
8147 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8148
8149 In order to make use of this,
8150 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8151 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8152
8153 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8154 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8155 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8156 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8157 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8158
8159 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8160 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8161 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8162 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8163
8164 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8165 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8166 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8167 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8168 with a CPLD.
8169 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8170 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8171 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8172 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8173 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8174 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8175
8176 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8177
8178 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8179
8180 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8181 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8182 depending on the chips on your board.
8183 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8184 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8185 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8186
8187 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8188 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8189 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8190
8191 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8192 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8193 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8194 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8195
8196 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8197 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8198 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8199 this way.
8200
8201 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8202 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8203 clock rate.
8204 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8205 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8206 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8207
8208 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8209
8210 @example
8211 # Example: 1.234MHz
8212 adapter_khz 1234
8213 @end example
8214
8215
8216 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8217
8218 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8219 around Windows filenames.
8220
8221 @example
8222 > echo \a
8223
8224 > echo @{\a@}
8225 \a
8226 > echo "\a"
8227
8228 >
8229 @end example
8230
8231
8232 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8233
8234 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8235 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8236 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8237
8238 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8239 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8240 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8241
8242 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8243 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8244 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8245
8246 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8247
8248 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8249 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8250 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8251 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8252
8253 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8254 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8255 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8256
8257 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8258 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8259
8260 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8261 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8262 memory read caused data abort".
8263
8264 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8265 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8266 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8267 be done, feel free to add this here.
8268
8269 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8270 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8271 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8272 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8273 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8274 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8275 gracefully stops.
8276
8277 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8278 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8279 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8280
8281 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8282 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8283 bytes. Painful...
8284
8285
8286 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8287 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8288
8289 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8290 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8291 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8292 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8293 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8294 reset, everything else should work fine.
8295
8296 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8297 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8298 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8299 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8300
8301 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8302 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8303 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8304 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8305
8306 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8307
8308 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8309 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8310 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8311 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8312
8313 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8314 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8315 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8316 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8317
8318 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8319 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8320 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8321
8322 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8323 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8324
8325 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8326 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8327 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8328 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8329 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8330 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8331 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8332 clock frequency?
8333
8334 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8335 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8336 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8337 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8338 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8339
8340 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8341
8342 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8343 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8344 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8345 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8346 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8347 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8348 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8349
8350 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8351
8352 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8353 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8354 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8355 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8356
8357 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8358 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8359 particular order?
8360
8361 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8362 the same order used by the hardware.
8363
8364 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8365 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8366 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8367 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8368 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8369 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8370
8371 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8372 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8373 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8374 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8375
8376 @itemize @bullet
8377 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8378 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8379 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8380 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8381 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8382 @end itemize
8383
8384 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8385
8386 @itemize @bullet
8387 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8388 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8389 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8390 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8391 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8392 @end itemize
8393
8394
8395 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8396 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8397 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8398
8399 TODO.
8400
8401 @end enumerate
8402
8403 @node Tcl Crash Course
8404 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8405 @cindex Tcl
8406
8407 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8408 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8409 how the Tcl scripts work.
8410
8411 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8412 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8413 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8414 OpenOCD.
8415
8416 @section Tcl Rule #1
8417 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8418 @enumerate
8419 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8420 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8421 @end enumerate
8422
8423 The Tcl equal is this:
8424
8425 @enumerate
8426 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8427 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8428 @end enumerate
8429
8430 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8431 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8432
8433 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8434 There is a second pair of rules.
8435 @enumerate
8436 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8437 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8438 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8439 in Tcl.
8440 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8441 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8442 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8443 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8444 @end enumerate
8445
8446 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8447 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8448 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8449 Everything is a string}
8450
8451 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8452 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8453 difference is subtle.
8454 @enumerate
8455 @item Parse Time
8456 @item Evaluation Time
8457 @end enumerate
8458
8459 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8460 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8461 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8462
8463 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8464 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8465 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8466 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8467
8468 @itemize @bullet
8469 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8470 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8471 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8472 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8473 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8474 @example
8475 # bash example
8476 X=`date`
8477 echo "The Date is: $X"
8478 # Tcl example
8479 set X [date]
8480 puts "The Date is: $X"
8481 @end example
8482 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8483 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8484 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8485 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8486 is a string}
8487 @example
8488 set x "Dinner"
8489 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8490 @end example
8491 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8492 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8493 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8494 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8495 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8496 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8497 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8498 @end itemize
8499
8500 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8501
8502 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8503
8504 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8505
8506 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8507 the normal way.
8508
8509 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8510 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8511 line is immedatly executed.
8512
8513 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8514 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8515
8516 @subsection Command Execution
8517
8518 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8519 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8520 control flow operators.
8521
8522 Commands are executed like this:
8523
8524 @enumerate
8525 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8526 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8527 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8528 @end enumerate
8529
8530 It sort of works like this:
8531 @example
8532 for(;;)@{
8533 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8534
8535 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8536
8537 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8538 @}
8539 @end example
8540
8541 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8542 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8543 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8544 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8545 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8546 ``LookupCommand()''
8547
8548 @subsection The FOR command
8549
8550 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8551 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8552 command just like any other command.
8553
8554 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8555 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8556 are:
8557
8558 @enumerate 0
8559 @item The ascii text 'for'
8560 @item The start text
8561 @item The test expression
8562 @item The next text
8563 @item The body text
8564 @end enumerate
8565
8566 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8567 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8568 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8569 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8570
8571 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8572 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8573
8574 @example
8575 int
8576 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8577 int *argc,
8578 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8579 @end example
8580
8581 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8582 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8583 still operates in the same basic way.
8584
8585 @subsection FOR command implementation
8586
8587 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8588 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8589
8590 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8591
8592 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8593
8594 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8595 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8596 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8597
8598 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8599 expression and returns a value.
8600
8601 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8602 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8603 @example
8604 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8605
8606 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8607
8608 int
8609 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8610 int argc,
8611 char **argv )
8612 @{
8613 if( argc != 5 )@{
8614 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8615 return ERROR;
8616 @}
8617
8618 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8619
8620 // Execute the start statement.
8621 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8622
8623 // Top of loop test
8624 for(;;)@{
8625 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8626 if( i == 0 )
8627 break;
8628
8629 // Execute the body
8630 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8631
8632 // Execute the LOOP part
8633 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8634 @}
8635
8636 // Return no error
8637 SetResult( interp, "" );
8638 return SUCCESS;
8639 @}
8640 @end example
8641
8642 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8643 in the same basic way.
8644
8645 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8646
8647 @subsection source and find commands
8648 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8649 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8650 @*Remember the parsing rules
8651 @enumerate
8652 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8653 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8654 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8655 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8656 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8657 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8658 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8659 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8660 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8661 @end enumerate
8662 @subsection format command
8663 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8664 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8665 @b{sprintf()}.
8666 @b{Example}
8667 @example
8668 set x 6
8669 set y 7
8670 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8671 @end example
8672 @enumerate
8673 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8674 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8675 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8676 @* Refer to Rule #1
8677 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8678 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8679 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8680 @end enumerate
8681 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8682 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8683 @example
8684 #1 Good
8685 proc someproc @{@} @{
8686 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8687 @}
8688 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8689 #2 Good - no variables
8690 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8691 #3 Good Curly Braces
8692 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8693 puts "Time: [date]"
8694 @}
8695 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8696 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8697 @end example
8698 @enumerate
8699 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8700 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8701 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8702 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8703 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8704 command.
8705 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8706 @*There are 4 examples:
8707 @enumerate
8708 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8709 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8710 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8711 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8712 @end enumerate
8713
8714 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8715 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8716 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8717
8718 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8719 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8720 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8721 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8722 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8723 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8724 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8725 @end enumerate
8726 @subsection Global Variables
8727 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8728 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8729 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8730 @example
8731 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8732 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8733 global x #Global variable X
8734 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8735 @}
8736 @end example
8737 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8738 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8739 @example
8740 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8741 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8742 # Create var name
8743 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8744 # Make it a global
8745 global $vn
8746 # Set it.
8747 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8748 @}
8749 @end example
8750 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8751 @example
8752 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8753 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8754 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8755 @}
8756 @end example
8757
8758 @include fdl.texi
8759
8760 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8761 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8762 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8763 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8764 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8765 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8766
8767 @printindex cp
8768
8769 @node Command and Driver Index
8770 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8771 @printindex fn
8772
8773 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)